Sun Prairie Public Library RESTROOM REMODEL 1350 Linnerud Drive Sun Prairie, WI 53590 RFB#19-LIB31 PROJECT MANUAL July 9, 2019
City of Sun Prairie, 300 East Main Street Sun Prairie, WI 53590
ARCHITECT:
OPN Project No. 19610000 301 North Broom Street, Suite 100 Madison, WI 53590 608.819.0260
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 01 03 2 3 PROJECT DIRECTORY 4 5 6 OWNER 7 Sun Prairie Public Library, City of Sun Prairie Paul Esser, Mayor 8 300 East Main Street Aaron Oppenheimer, City Administrator 9 Sun Prairie, Wisconsin 53590 Svetha Hetzler, Library Director 10 (608) 825-1107 11 12 13 OWNER’S REPRSNTATIVE PRIMARY CONTACT 14 15 All correspondence from the Contractor to the Owner will be through this party: 16 17 Sun Prairie Engineering Department Adam Schleicher, Dir. of Public Services/City Engineer 18 300 East Main Street [email protected] 19 Sun Prairie, Wisconsin 53590 20 (608) 825-1170 21 22 23 ARCHITECT PRIMARY CONTACT 24 25 All correspondence from the Contractor regarding construction documents authored by Architect and 26 Architect's consultants will be through this party: 27 28 OPN Architects, Inc. Mark Kruser, Project Manager 29 301 North Broom Street, Suite 100 [email protected] 30 Madison, WI 53703 608) 819-1282 31 (608) 819-0260 32 33 34 35 MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE SUPRESION ENGINEER 36 Design Engineers Jared Ramthun, Mechanical Project Engineer 37 437 South Yellowstone Drive, Suite 110 [email protected] 38 Madison, Wisconsin 53719 (608) 424-8815 39 40 41 42 ELECTRICAL ENGINEER 43 Design Engineers Neil Gammon, Senior Electrical Engineer 44 437 South Yellowstone Drive, Suite 110 [email protected] 45 Madison, Wisconsin 53719 (608) 424-8815 46 47 48 END OF SECTION 49
PROJECT DIRECTORY 00 01 03 - 1 SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PROJECT DIRECTORY 00 01 03 - 2 SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
Architect’s Seal Wesley T. Reynolds OPN Architects, Inc. 301 North Broom Street, Suite 100 Madison, WI 53703 Telephone: (608) 819-0260
Mechanical and Electrical Engineer’s Seal Kelly Harrer Design Engineers 437 South Yellowstone Drive, Suite 110 Madison, Wisconsin 53719 (608) 424-8815
SEALS PAGE 00 01 05 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SEALS PAGE 00 01 05 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
SECTION 00 01 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
00 01 03 Project Directory 00 01 05 Seals Page 00 01 10 Table of Contents 00 01 15 List of Drawing Sheets 00 01 17 Terms and Conditions for Use of Electronic Files Form 01 11 13 Official Notice of Bidders 00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders 00 41 00 Bid Forms 00 42 13 Bid Bond (Form) 00 45 13 Bidders Qualifications Statement 00 52 13 Sample Contract for Construction 00 54 10 Instructions for Executing the Contract 00 61 13.13 Performance Bond 00 61 13.16 Payment Bond 00 73 16 Insurance Requirements 00 73 16.10 Insurance Forms – Examples Index 00 73 16.10 Insurance Forms – Examples
DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 10 00 Summary 01 20 00 Price and Payment Procedures 01 20 01 Product Substitution Form 01 30 00 Administrative Procedures 01 40 00 Quality Requirements 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 60 00 Product Requirements 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout
DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 41 19 Selective Demolition
2.03 DIVISION 03 -- CONCRETE
03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete
DIVISION 04 MASONRY
(not used)
DIVISION 05 METALS
(not used)
TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
DIVISION 06 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry 06 41 00 Architectural Wood Casework
DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 92 00 Joint Sealants
DIVISION 08 OPENINGS
08 14 33 Stile and Rail Wood Doors 08 71 00 Door Hardware
DIVISION 09 FINISHES
09 21 16 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09 30 00 Tiling 09 51 00 Acoustical Ceilings 09 68 13 Tile Carpeting 09 72 00 Wall Coverings 09 91 23 Interior Painting
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
10 14 10 Miscellaneous Interior Signage 10 21 13 Plastic Toilet Partitions 10 28 00 Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories
DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT
(not used)
DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
12 24 13 Roller Window Shades
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
(not used)
DIVISION 14 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT
(not used)
DIVISION 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION
21 00 10 Fire Suppression General Provisions 6 21 05 00 Common Work Results for Fire Suppression 2 21 10 00 Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
22 00 10 Plumbing General Provisions 8 22 05 00 Common Work Results for Plumbing 2 22 05 23 General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping 2 22 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 4 22 05 53 Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment 2 22 07 00 Plumbing Insulation 4
22 11 16 Domestic Water Piping 6 22 13 16 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 4
22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures 4 22 47 00 Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers 2
DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)
23 00 10 HVAC General Provisions 6 23 05 00 Common Work Results For HVAC 2 23 05 29 Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment 4 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing For HVAC 4 23 07 00 HVAC Insulation 4 23 09 00 Building Automation System (BAS) 8
23 21 13 Hydronic Piping 4
23 31 13 Metal Ducts 6 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories 2 23 37 13 Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles 2
23 82 33 Convectors and Radiant Heaters 2
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 10 26 05 19 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 4 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 2 26 05 29 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 2 26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems 4 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems 4 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 2 26 50 00 Lighting 4
END OF SECTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 3
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 01 15 2 3 LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 4 5 6 A000 COVER, DRAWING SHEET INDEX 7 8 GENERAL 9 10 A001 GENERAL DRAWING INFORMATION, CODE SUMMARY 11 12 13 DEMOLITION 14 15 AD101 PUBLIC RESTROOMS DEMOLITION PLAN 16 AD102 STORYTIME ROOM AND FAMILITY RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN AND DETAILS 17 18 19 ARCHITECTURAL 20 21 A100 EXISTING OVERALL FLOOR PLAN 22 A101 PUBLIC RESTROOMS PLAN, ELEVATIONS 23 A102 STORYTIME ROOM AND FAMILY RESTROOM PLAN AND ELEVATIONS 24 A121 PUBLIC RESTROOMS REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 25 A122 STORYTIME ROOM AND FAMILY RESTROOM REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 26 A301 DETAIL, WALL TYPES 27 A601 FINISH SCHEDULE AND FINISH SPECIFCATIONS, DOOR SCHEDULE 28 29 30 FIRE PROTECTION DEMOLITION / MECHANICAL / PLUMBING 31 32 FXD102 PARTIAL FIRE SUPPRESSION STORY TIME DEMOLITION PLAN 33 FX101 PARTIAL FIRE SUPPRESSION PUBLIC RESTROOM PLAN 34 35 36 FIRE PROTECTION 37 38 FX102 PARTIAL FIRE SUPPRESSION STORY TIME PLAN 39 40 41 PLUMBING DEMOLITION 42 43 PD002 PARTIAL PLUMBING STORY TIME UNDERSLAB DEMOLITION PLAN 44 PD101 PARTIAL PLUMBING PUBLIC RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN 45 PD102 PARTIAL PLUMBING STORY TIME DEMOLITION PLAN 46 47 48 PLUMBING 49 50 P001 PARTIAL PLUMBING PUBLIC RESTROOM UNDERSLAB PLAN 51 P002 PARTIAL PLUMBING STORY TIME UNDERSLAB PLAN 52 P101 PARTIAL PLUMBING PUBLIC RESTROOM PLAN 53 P102 PARTIAL PLUMBING STORY TIME PLAN 54 P500 PLUMBING NOTES AND SCHEDULES 55 56 57 58
LSIT OF DRAWING SHEETS 00 01 15 - 1 SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 HVAC DEMOLITION 2 3 HD101 PARTIAL HVAC PUBLIC RESTROOM DEMOLITION PLAN 4 HD102 PARTIAL HVAC STORY TIME DEMOLITION PLAN 5 6 7 HVAC 8 9 H101 PARTIAL HVAC PUBLIC RESTROOM PLAN 10 H102 PARTIAL HVAC STORY TIME PLAN 11 H500 HVAC CONTROLS, DETAILS, SCHEDULES, AND NOTES 12 13 14 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 15 16 ED101 PUBLIC RESTROOMS – ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN 17 ED102 STORYTIME AREA – ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLANS 18 19 20 ELECTRICAL 21 22 E101 PUBLIC RESTROOMS – LIGHTING PLANS 23 E102 STORYTIME AREA – LIGHTING PLANS 24 E201 PUBLIC RESTROOMS – POWER & SYSTEMS PLANS 25 E202 STORYTIME AREA – POWER & SYSTEMS PLANS 26 E520 ELECTRICAL LIGHITNG SCHEDULES AND CONTROLS 27 E530 ELECTRICAL DETAILS 28 E540 ELECTRICAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS 29 30 31 END OF SECTION 32
LSIT OF DRAWING SHEETS 00 01 15 - 2 SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 01 17 2 3 TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE OF ELECTRONIC FILES FORM 4 5 6 1. OPN Architects, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “OPN”) is providing data (electronic or otherwise) to you solely at 7 your request and for your convenience and use. OPN makes no guarantee of compatibility of files with other 8 software or hardware. Electronic files will be available in PDF (.pdf) and AutoCAD (.dwg) file formats only. 9 10 2. This information represents the current status of the project and is not guaranteed to represent the final design 11 and/or the project as constructed. Changes to this data may occur without notice to the user of this data and it is 12 the sole responsibility of the user to verify all elements included herein. Any use or reuse of the original or altered 13 electronic files shall be at the user’s risk and full legal responsibility. 14 15 3. These files were prepared by OPN and are instruments of OPN’s service for use solely with respect to this Project. 16 OPN will be deemed the Author of these documents and will retain all common law, statutory, and other reserved 17 rights, including the copyright. 18 19 4. Notification of opened message shall be evidence of your receipt and agreement to these terms. Any 20 disagreement or issue with these terms shall be submitted in writing to OPN within 7 days of this message 21 otherwise it shall be deemed accepted by the user. 22 23 5. A standard fee payment of $100.00 per requested drawing file shall be submitted with this form. Payment shall be 24 made by check payable to “OPN Architects, Inc.” 25 26 6. The person/company requesting these files is: 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 7. Specific drawing files covered under this agreement: 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 ACKNOWLEDGMENT 41 please acknowledge your acceptance of the above by returning a signed copy of this correspondence by first class mail, 42 e-mail or facsimile. Upon receipt, we will forward the information to you. 43 44 (RECIPIENT) 45 Date: 46 47 48 Organization Name: 49 50 51 Authorized Signature: 52 53 54 Printed Name: 55 56 57 Title: E-mail Address: 58
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE OF ELECTRONIC FILES FORM 00 01 17 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE OF ELECTRONIC FILES FORM 00 01 17 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 11 13 2 3 OFFICIAL NOTICE OF BID 4 5 6 CITY OF SUN PRAIRIE, WISCONSIN 7 8 RFB#19-LIB31 9 10 The City of Sun Prairie will receive written bids for the Sun Prairie Public Library Restroom Remodel project until 2:00 p.m. local 11 time, Tuesday, July 23, 2019, at the City Clerk’s Office, 300 East Main Street, Sun Prairie, Wisconsin, 53590, at which time the bids 12 will be publicly opened and read aloud in the Caucus Room in City Hall. 13 14 Bids are invited on the following work: 15 Select interior demolition and remodeling, including: concrete slab replacement, treated wood blocking, door and hardware, metal stud and 16 drywall framing and finishing, ceilings, flooring, signage, restroom accessories, plumbing and fixtures, HVAC and fire protection retrofitting, 17 lighting. 18 19 Plans and bid documents are published on bid distribution networks DemandStar and VendorNet. 20 21 A Pre-bid conference will be held at 10:00 a.m. local time on Tuesday, July 16, 2019 for the purposes of reviewing existing 22 conditions. 23 24 Contact Chad Courtier, Building and Maintenance Supervisor at 608-0736 ext 1163 a minimum 24 hours in advance to arrange 25 access to the site at any other time. Attendance of this conference is strongly encouraged by all. 26 27 No bid shall be considered unless accompanied by a certified or cashier’s check or bid bond equal to 10% of the bid amount 28 payable to the City of Sun Prairie as a guarantee that if their bid is accepted, the bidder will execute and file a Contract within ten 29 (10) days after such acceptance. The accepted bidder will execute and file the Agreement and the Performance and Payment Bonds 30 in the amount equal to 100% of the bid amount within ten (10) days of Notice of Award. 31 32 All questions about the meaning or intent of these documents shall be submitted to the Architect – OPN Architects, Inc. 33 via email at [email protected], with the RFB#19-LIB31 in the subject line, no later than end-of-day, Tuesday, 34 July 16, 2019. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Architect in response to such questions will be 35 issued by Addenda via Demandstar and VendorNet. Addenda will be issued no later than end-of-day Wednesday, July 17, 2019 36 prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids. 37 38 Questions received after July 16, 2019 will not be answered. 39 40 All applicable charter and statutory provisions are incorporated into said Contract. The successful bidder shall be required to 41 conform to all Federal and State OSHA requirements. Prevailing wage does not apply to this project; however, “living” wages do 42 apply. 43 44 The City of Sun Prairie and its agencies are exempt from payment of all federal tax and Wisconsin state and local taxes on its 45 purchases except Wisconsin excise tax. The City of Sun Prairie reserves the right to reject any or all bids or to waive any 46 informalities in the bidding process. 47 48 Bids may be held by the City of Sun Prairie for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days from the bid opening for the purpose of 49 reviewing the bids and investigating the qualifications of the bidders, prior to awarding of the Contract. 50 51 Class II publication dates: July 9, 2019 and July 16, 2019. 52 53 54 END OF SECTION 55
OFFICIAL NOTICE OF BID 00 11 13 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
OFFICIAL NOTICE OF BID 00 11 13 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 21 13 2 3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4 5 6 1. DEFINED TERMS 7 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders, which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction 8 Contract, have meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid directly 9 to Owner, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a bid to a Bidder. The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, 10 qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom Owner (based on Owner's evaluation as thereinafter provided) 11 makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Official Notice, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, 12 Specifications, and the Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 13 14 2. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 15 2.1 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither the City nor the Public Library assumes 16 any responsibility for errors in misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 17 2.2 The City and Public Library in making copies of bidding documents available on the above terms do so only for the 18 purpose of obtaining bids on the work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 19 20 3. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 21 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the work, each Bidder must be prepared to submit within five days of the City's 22 request evidence, such as financial data, previous experience, present commitments and other such data as may be 23 called for below (or in the Supplementary Instructions). Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualifications to do 24 business in Wisconsin or covenant to obtain such qualifications prior to award of the contract. A “Bidder’s Qualifications 25 Statement” 26 is included for use. 27 28 4. EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SITE 29 4.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to: 30 a. Examine the Bidding Documents thoroughly; 31 b. Visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing 32 of the work. Bidder is responsible for the final and complete accurate measurement of all areas of the work and 33 must submit their bid based on their measurement. 34 c. Consider Federal, State, and local laws and regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of 35 the work; 36 d. Study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents 37 e. Notify the Architect of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 38 4.2 On request in advance, the City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as 39 each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall clean up and restore the site to its former 40 condition upon completion of such explorations (if any). 41 4.3 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that the Bidder has complied 42 with every requirement of Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the 43 work required by the Bidding Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of 44 construction as may be indicated in or required by the Bidding Documents, and that the Bidding Documents are 45 sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and 46 furnishing of the work. 47 48 5. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 49 5.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to the Architect via email at 50 [email protected]. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Architect in response to 51 such questions will be issued by Addenda via Demandstar and VendorNet. 52 5.2 All requests for interpretation must be received as indicated in Section 00 11 13 - Official Notice of Bid. Addenda will be 53 issued prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids, as indicated in Section 00 11 13 - Official Notice of Bid. Failure of 54 any Bidder to receive any such Addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such Bidder from any obligations under
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 his Bid as submitted. All Addenda so issued shall become part of the Bidding Documents. 2 5.3 Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 3 5.4 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or the Architect. 4 5 6. BID SECURITY 6 6.1 6.1 Each Bid must be accompanied by bid security made payable to the City in an amount of ten (10) percent of the 7 Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or bank check or a Bid Bond (on form attached) issued by a 8 surety meeting the approval of the City. 9 6.2 The Bid security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and 10 furnished the required contract security, whereupon the Bid security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to 11 execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within fifteen days after the Notice of 12 Award, the City may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid security 13 of other Bidders whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the 14 City until the earlier of the seventh (7th) day after the effective date of the Agreement of the sixty-first (61st) day 15 after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid security with bids that 16 are not competitive will be returned within seven (7) days after the Bid opening. 17 18 7. CONTRACT TIME 19 The numbers of days within which, or the dates by which, the work is to be substantially completed and ready for final 20 payment (the Contract Time) are set forth in the Bid Form and the Agreement. 21 22 8. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 23 Does not apply to this project. 24 25 9. SUBSTITUTIONS 26 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the drawings or specified in the 27 Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items, except as described in Section 01 20 00 – 28 Price and Payment Procedures, and under “Substitution Procedures”. 29 30 10. SUB-CONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 31 10.1 If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Sub-Contractors, suppliers and other persons and 32 organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of material and equipment) to be submitted to 33 the City in advance of the specified date prior to the effective date of the Agreement, the apparent successful 34 Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall within seven days after the bid opening submit to the City a list of 35 all such Sub-Contractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the work for 36 which such identification is required. Such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent 37 information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Sub-Contractor, supplier, 38 other person or organization, either may before the Notice of Award is given request the apparent successful Bidder 39 to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If apparent successful Bidder declines to make 40 any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable 41 Sub-Contractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations. The declining to make requested substitutions will 42 not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security of any Bidder. Any Sub-Contractor, supplier, other person or 43 organization listed and to whom the City or the Building Maintenance Supervisor does not make written objection 44 prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to the City and the Supervisor subject to 45 revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement. 46 10.2 In contracts where the Contract Price is on the basis of cost of the work plus a fee, the apparent successful Bidder, 47 prior to the Notice of Award, shall identify in writing to the City those portions of the work that such Bidder 48 proposes to subcontract and after the Notice of Award may only subcontract other portions of the work with the 49 City's written consent. 50 10.3 No Contractor shall be required to employ any Sub-Contractor, supplier, other person or organization against which 51 Contractor has reasonable objection. 52 53 11. INCOME TAX
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 All Bidders, whether a corporation, partnership, or individual, who are nonresidents of the State of Wisconsin, shall comply 2 with Section 71.10 (14) of the Wisconsin Statutes. 3 4 12. SALES AND EXCISE TAX 5 The City of Sun Prairie and its agencies are exempt from payment of all federal tax and Wisconsin state and local taxes on 6 its purchases except Wisconsin excise tax. Each Bid shall include all taxes in effect at the time the Bid is submitted. Bidders 7 who are uncertain as to what items are subject to tax, or who required further explanation or clarification, are requested 8 to contact the Wisconsin Department of Taxation, State Office Building, Madison, Wisconsin. If the tax laws are 9 subsequently amended by legislation during the life of this Contract, the Contract will be adjusted to reflect the net change 10 caused by such amendment. 11 12 13. BID FORM 13 13.1 The Bid Form is included with the bidding documents. The Bid must not be separated from the attached volume. 14 13.2 All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed in ink. The price of each item on the form must be stated in words 15 and numerals. In case of a conflict, words will take precedence. 16 13.3 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the President or Vice President (or other corporate 17 office accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal must be affixed and attested by the 18 Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the 19 signature. 20 13.4 Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear 21 under the signature and official address for the partnership must be shown below the signature. 22 13.5 All names must be printed below the signature. 23 13.6 The bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the 24 Bid Form). 25 13.7 The address and telephone number of communications regarding the Bid must be shown. 26 13.8 All Bids must be signed before a Notary Public or other Officer authorized to administer oaths. 27 28 14. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 29 14.1 Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Official Notice of Bid and shall be enclosed in an 30 opaque sealed envelope, marked with the project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the project for 31 which the Bid is submitted) and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the bid security and other 32 required documents. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be 33 enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 34 14.2 No bid will be considered which is received after the closing time. 35 36 15. MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 37 Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be 38 executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 39 40 16. OPENING OF BIDS 41 Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsible) read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base 42 bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. Upon opening of bids, the 43 city of Sun Prairie shall become the owner of all submitted bids and bids are subject to open records requests. 44 45 17. BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 46 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for sixty days after the day of the Bid opening, but the City may, in its sole 47 discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to that date. 48 49 18. PUBLIC RECORD LAW COMPLIANCE 50 It is the intention of City to maintain an open and public process in the solicitation, submission, review, and approval of 51 contacts. 52 a. The parties acknowledge that City is a municipal corporation legally bound to comply with the Wisconsin Public Records 53 Law and Open Meetings Law (see sections 19.32-19.39 and 19.81-19.98, Wis. Statutes) and that, unless otherwise
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 - 3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 clearly allowed by law to be an exception to the Public Record Law and confidential, all aspects of this agreement 2 are subject to open disclosure and are a matter of public record. It is further agreed to that neither party will take 3 any action to obstruct the operation of these laws. To comply with any request under said Public Record Law, the 4 provider/contractor herein shall produce copies of all materials, gathered or produced or modified pursuant to this 5 Contract to City, in their original (i.e., electronic or digital, etc.) format at actual cost of reproduction, without profit. 6 According to Wisconsin case law, even if records are created or maintained by, or in the custody of, the provider as an 7 independent contractor, they, along with the raw data used to create the record, are nevertheless public records that 8 must be made available to the public within a reasonable time and without delay upon request by any person, and in 9 the format in which they were created. Provider/contractor agrees to hold City, its agents, officials and employees 10 harmless and to indemnify them and City for all costs, fees, including all reasonable attorney fees and expenses of 11 all kinds, and any judgments, orders, injunctions, writs of mandamus, and damages or expense of whatever kind for 12 which City or its agents, officials or employees may expend or be held liable due to the Provider/contractor’s 13 failure to comply with the Wisconsin Public Records and Open Meetings laws, or with this Agreement. 14 b. Any Public Records Law request received directly by a contractor related to this Contract with City shall immediately be 15 reported to the City Administrator. 16 17 19. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18 19.1 The City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or 19 changes in the work and to negotiate contract terms with the successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all non- 20 conforming, non-responsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, the City reserves the right to reject the Bid of any 21 Bidder if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the project to make an award to the Bidder, 22 whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet 23 any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. 24 19.2 Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. 25 Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in 26 favor of the correct sum. 27 19.3 Bids which are incomplete, unbalanced, conditional or obscure or which contain additions not called for, erasures, 28 alterations, or irregularities of any kind, or which do not comply with the Instructions to Bidders may be rejected at 29 the option of the City. 30 19.4 In evaluating Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the 31 prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or 32 prior to the Notice of Award. 33 19.5 The City may make such investigations as it deems necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the 34 work, and the Bidder shall furnish to the City all such information and data for this purpose as the City may request. 35 The City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such Bidder fails to 36 satisfy the City that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract Documents and to 37 complete the work contemplated therein. 38 19.6 The City shall be satisfied that the Bidder involved: 39 1. maintains a permanent place of business; 40 2. has adequate plant equipment to do the work properly and expeditiously; 41 3. has a suitable financial status to meet obligations incident to the work; 42 4. has appropriate technical experience; and 43 5. can submit a satisfactory performance record. 44 19.7 The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Sub-Contractors, suppliers, and other persons and 45 organizations proposed for those portions of the work as to which the identity of Sub-Contractors, suppliers, and 46 other persons and organizations must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. The City also may 47 consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of 48 materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the work when such data is required to be submitted prior 49 to the Notice of Award. 50 19.8 The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to 51 establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Sub-Contractors, suppliers, and 52 other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the 53 City's satisfaction with the prescribed time.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 - 4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 19.9 If the contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the 2 City that the award will be in the best interest to the project. 3 19.10 If the contract is to be awarded, the City will give the successful Bidder a Notice of Award within sixty (60) days after 4 the day of the Bid opening. 5 6 20. CANCELLATION 7 The City of Sun Prairie reserves the right to cancel any contract in whole or part without penalty due to no appropriation of 8 funds or for failure of the Contractor to comply with the terms, conditions, and specifications of this contract. 9 10 21. CONTRACT SECURITY 11 When the successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the City, it must be accompanied by the required 12 performance and payment bonds. 13 14 22. SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 15 When the City gives a Notice of Award to the successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned 16 counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within 15 days thereafter, Contractor 17 shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to the City with the 18 required Bonds. Within 10 days thereafter the City shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. I case the 19 successful Bidder fails to sign the Agreement within the above prescribed time, the City may at its' option consider that the 20 Bidder has abandoned the contract, in which case the Bid security accompanying the Bid shall become the property of the 21 City. 22 23 23. TERMINATION OF CONTRACT 24 The City of Sun Prairie may terminate the contract at any time at its sole discretion by delivering 30 days written notice to 25 the Contractor. Upon termination, the agency’s liability will be limited to the pro rata cost of the services performed as of 26 the date of the termination plus expenses incurred with the prior written approval of the agency. In the event that the 27 Contractor terminates the contract, for any reason whatsoever, it will refund to the agency within 30 days of said 28 termination, all payments made hereunder by the agency to the Contractor for work not completed or not accepted by the 29 agency. Such termination will require written notice to that effect to be delivered by the Contractor to the agency not less 30 than 30 days prior to said termination. 31 32 24. PAYMENT TERMS AND INVOICING 33 The City of Sun Prairie normally will pay properly submitted vendor invoices within 30 days of receipt providing goods 34 and/or services have been delivered, installed, and accepted as specified. Invoices presented for payment must be 35 submitted in accordance with instructions contained on the purchase order including references to purchase order 36 number and submittal to the correct address for processing. A good faith dispute creates an exception to prompt 37 payment. 38 39 40 END OF SECTION 41
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 - 5
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13 - 6
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 41 00 2 3 BID FORM 4 5 6 To: City of Sun Prairie, Public Library, 1350 Linnerud Drive, Sun Prairie, WI 53590 7 8 From: (Contractor) 9 10 (Business Address) 11 12 (City, State, Zip) 13 14 (Telephone Number) (Email) 15 16 17 For: RFB# 19-LIB31 Public Library Restroom Remodel, Due: 2:00 PM (Central Time), July 23, 2019 18 19 20 TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN: 21 22 A. The undersigned has carefully examined the Drawings and Specifications and all other Contract Documents relating to the 23 project, acquainted himself with the site and all other conditions relevant to the work and made all evaluations and 24 investigations necessary to a full understanding of any difficulties which may be encountered in performing the work. 25 26 B. The undersigned hereby proposes and agrees to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, taxes, services and all 27 other things necessary or appropriate for the proper and complete execution of the work for the lump sum of: 28 29 BASE BID 30 31 DOLLARS 32 33 ($ ) 34 35 36 Alternates: There are no alternates for this project. 37 38 C. The Bidder submits herewith a certified check or Bid Bond in the sum of ten percent (10%) of the Lump Sum bid amount and 39 payable to the party as designated in the advertisement inviting proposals, to be retained by and become the property of 40 the Owner of the work, in the event the undersigned shall fail to execute the contract and bond and return the same to 41 the office of the Owner within ten (10) days after having been notified in writing to do so unless otherwise extended by 42 the Owner, in writing; otherwise to be returned. 43 44 D. The undersigned further proposes and agrees that the work will be completed no later than November 29, 2019. 45 46 E. The undersigned agrees that in the event the contract work cannot be completed by the date specified previously, and 47 the Owner does not grant an extension of the completion date, the work shall be discontinued temporarily. It shall be 48 understood that the Owner will permit work to resume only during that time allotted by the Owner. 49 50 F. The undersigned agrees that permission to bid on future work for the Owner may not be granted until the undersigned's 51 work in progress is complete; the Contractor shall be notified in writing by the Owner. The undersigned further agrees that 52 the Contract Documents, including all contractor's responsibilities, shall remain enforced during the postponement of 53 work. 54 55 G. The undersigned agrees to take sole physical and financial responsibility for all efforts required to ensure the premises 56 associated with the work are in a suitable condition, as judged by the Owner, during the postponement of work. The 57 undersigned further agrees to hold harmless the Owner for physical and financial responsibilities required to resume
BID FORM 00 41 00 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 work after postponement. 2 3 H. The undersigned submits herein a cost breakdown of the base bid, unit prices and alternate bids as directed on the Bid 4 Form. Any or all of the alternate bids may be selected by the Owner and added to, or subtracted from, the base bid sum 5 as applicable. 6 7 I. The undersigned agrees, if this proposal is accepted, to enter into an agreement on the Owner's Standard Agreement 8 Form for the base bid sum, adjusted for any alternate bids selected by the Owner. The undersigned further agrees to 9 furnish a performance and payment bond, for 100 percent of the total Contract Price. 10 11 J. The undersigned agrees that extra or additional work may be compensated on the basis of actual cost plus: 12 13 % for overhead and profit if performed by Contractor. 14 15 % for overhead and profit if performed by Subcontractor(s). 16 17 K. In submitting this proposal, it is understood that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids, waive any 18 formalities or technicalities in any bid and to make an award in the best interest of the Owner. It is further understood 19 and agreed that this proposal may not be withdrawn for a period of ninety (90) days after the date set for bid receipt. 20 21 Will the Contractor accept credit card for payment without any additional fees? Yes No 22 23 Will the Contractor accept Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) for payment? Yes No 24 25 Completed W-9 attached? Yes No 26 27 28 ADDENDA 29 30 The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the following addenda which shall become part of the Contract Documents: 31 32 Addendum Number (1) Dated 33 34 Addendum Number (2) Dated 35 36 37 ( ) Corporation ( ) Partnership Respectfully submitted, 38 39 ( ) Individual ( ) Other 40 41 Signature 42 43 State of Incorporation 44 (if applicable) Printed Name 45 46 47 Title 48 49 50 Date
BID FORM 00 41 00 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 43 13 2 3 BID BOND (TEN PERCENT) (10%) 4 5 (The following 10% Bid Bond is to be executed and submitted with the bid.) 6 7 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 8 9 THAT (hereinafter called the Principal) as Principal and the a 10 11 corporation created and existing under the laws of the State of _ 12 13 with its' principal office in the City of _ _ _ (hereinafter called 14 15 the Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (hereinafter 16 17 called the Owner, in the full and just sum of _ Dollars ($ ), 18 19 good and lawful money of the United States of American, to the payment of which sum of money well and truly to be made, 20 the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, their and each of their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, 21 jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 22 23 Signed, sealed and dated this day of , 2019. 24 25 THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that, if the Owner shall make any award to the Principal for 26 27 _ _ _ according to the terms of the Bid made by the 28 Principal therefore, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of 29 said Bid and award and shall give Bond for the faith performance thereof with 30 31 . Surety or Sureties approved by the Owner; or if the 32 Principal shall, in case of failure so to do, pay to the Owner the amount of this Bond, then this obligation shall be null and void; 33 otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. 34 35 IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed. 36 37 38 (SEAL) 39 40 41 (SEAL) 42 43 44 (IF INDIVIDUAL OR FIRM) (SEAL) 45 46 _ 47 PRINCIPAL (SEAL) 48 ATTEST: 49 50 (IF CORPORATION) _ 51 (Corporate Surety) 52 53 By: 54 55 56 Attest: 57
BID BOND (FORM) 00 41 13 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
BID BOND (FORM) 00 41 13 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 45 13 2 3 BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS STATEMENT 4 5 6 SUBMITTED BY: CORPORATION ( ) 7 8 NAME: PARTNERSHIP ( ) 9 10 ADDRESS: INDIVIDUAL ( ) 11 12 JOINT VENTURE ( ) 13 14 PRINCIPAL OFFICE: 15 16 OTHER ( ) 17 18 RE: RFB#19-LIB31 19 20 1) TYPE OF WORK (explain each type of work performed by your organization) 21 22 23 24 25 2) ORGANIZATION 26 A. How many years has your organization been in business? 27 28 29 30 B. How many years has your organization been in business under its present business name? 31 32 33 34 3) LICENSING 35 A. List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business. 36 37 38 39 4) EXPERIENCE 40 A. List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces and state for how many years 41 your organization has been involved in each. 42 43 44 45 B. Within the last five years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another 46 organization when it failed to complete a contract? (If the answer is yes, please attach details.) 47 48 49 50 C. List any projects your organization has completed for the City of Sun Prairie in the past 10 years. Include the name of 51 the City department and contact on the project: 52 53 54 55 D. On a separate sheet, list major projects of similar nature that your organization has in progress, giving the name of the 56 project, owner, contract amount, percent complete, and scheduled completion date. 57 58
BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS STATEMENT 00 45 13 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 1. State total worth of work in progress and under contract. 2 3 4 E. On a separate sheet, list the major projects of similar nature your organization has completed in the past five years, 5 giving the name of the project, owner, contract amount, date of completion, and percentage of the work performed 6 with your own forces. 7 8 9 1. State the average annual amount of work performed during the past five years. 10 11 12 13 5) REFERENCES 14 A. Surety: 15 16 1. Name of bonding company: 17 18 2. Name and address of agent: 19 20 21 6) FINANCING 22 23 Financial Statement must be provided upon request. 24 25 26 7) SIGNATURE 27 28 Dated this day of _, 2019. 29 30 31 Name of Organization: _ 32 33 34 By: _ _ 35 36 37 Printed Name: _ 38 39 40 Title: _ _
BIDDERS QUALIFICATIONS STATEMENT 00 45 13 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
CITY OF SUN PRAIRIE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES
Contract #: RFB19-LIB31 Title: Sun Prairie Public Library Restroom Remodel Department: Sun Prairie Public Library Start Date: ( INSERT START DATE ) End Date: ( INSERT END DATE )
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
Table of Contents I. NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR ...... …………3 A. Parties ...... 3 B. Purpose ...... 3 C. Scope of Services and Schedule of Payments ...... 3 D. Term and Effective Date ...... 3 E. Entire Agreement ...... 3 F. Assignability/Subcontracting ...... 4 G. Designated Representative ...... 4 H. Prosecution and Progress ...... 4 I. Amendment ...... 5 J. Extra Services ...... 5 K. No Waiver ...... 5 L. Non-Discrimination ...... 5 M. Affirmative Action ...... 6 N. Severability ...... 9 O. Notices ...... 9 P. Status of Contractor/Independent/Tax Filing...... 10 Q. Goodwill ...... 10 R. Third Party Rights...... 10 S. Audit and Retaining of Documents ...... 10 T. Choice of Law and Forum Selection ...... 11 U. Compliance with Applicable Laws...... 11 V. Conflict of Interest ...... 11 W. Compensation ...... 11 X. Basis for Payment ...... 11 Y. Default/Termination ...... 13 Z. Indemnification ...... 13 AA. Laws/Regulations/Permits ...... 14 BB. Safety and Security ...... 14 CC. Insurance ...... 15 DD. Ownership of Contract Product ...... 18 EE. Public Record Law Compliance ...... 18 FF. Living Wage ...... 19 GG. Weapons Prohibition ...... 19 HH. IT Network Connection Policy ...... 19 II. Authority...... 19 JJ. Counterparts, Electronic Delivery ...... 20 II. SCOPE OF SERVICES - Description of Services/Commodities ...... 20 III. REQUIRED FORMS ...... 20
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
CONTRACT FOR PURCHASE OF SERVICES Between the City of Sun Prairie and NAME OF VENDOR
I. NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS
A. PARTIES This is a contract between the City of Sun Prairie, located in Dane County, Wisconsin, hereinafter referred to as “City”, and Vendor Name, of City, State, hereinafter referred to as “Contractor”.
The Contractor is a: (To be completed by Contractor and copy of Contractor’s W9 shall be given to the City of Sun Prairie Finance Department) Corporation General Partnership Limited Liability Company LLP Sole Proprietor Unincorporated Association Other:
B. PURPOSE
The purpose of this contract is as set forth in Section 3.
C. SCOPE OF SERVICES AND SCHEDULE OF PAYMENTS
Contractor will perform the following services and be paid according to the following schedule(s) or attachment(s): (Attach and label documents as necessary.)
D. TERM AND EFFECTIVE DATE
This contract shall become effective upon execution by the Mayor, on behalf of the City of Sun Prairie, unless another effective date is specified in the attachment(s) incorporated in Section 3, however in no case shall work commence before execution by the City of Sun Prairie. The term of this contract shall be from START DATE to END DATE.
E. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This contract for purchase of services, including any and all attachments, exhibits and other documents referenced in Section 3 (hereafter, “Agreement” or “Contract”) is the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes any and all oral contracts and negotiations between the parties.
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
F. ASSIGNABILITY/SUBCONTRACTING
Contractor shall not assign or subcontract any interest of obligation under this contract without the City’s prior written approval. All of the services required hereunder will be performed by the Contractor and employees of the Contractor.
G. DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE
a. Contractor designates NAME OF AGENT as contract agent with primary responsibility for the performance of this contract. In case this contract agent is replaced by another for any reason, the Contractor will designate another contract agent within seven (&) calendar days of the time the first terminates his or her employment or responsibility using the procedure set for in Section O, Notices.
b. In the event of the death, disability, removal or resignation of the person designated above as the contract agent, the City may accept another person as the contract agent or may terminate this agreement under Section Y, at its option.
H. PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
a. Services under this agreement shall commence upon written order from the City to the contractor. This order will constitute authorization to proceed.
b. The Contractor shall complete the services under this agreement within the time for completion specified in the Scope of Services, including any amendments. The Contractor’s services are completed when the City notifies the Contractor in writing that the services are complete and are acceptable. The time for completion shall not be extended because of any delay attributable to the Contractor, but may be extended by the City in the event of a delay attributable to the City, or in the event of unavoidable delay caused by war, insurrection, natural disaster, or other unexpected event beyond the control of the Contractor. If at any time the Contractor believes that the time for completion of the work should be extended because of unavoidable delay caused by an unexpected event, or because of a delay attributable to the City, the Contractor shall notify the City as soon as possible, but not later than seven (7) calendar days after such an event. Such notice shall include any justification for an extension of time and shall identify the amount of time claimed to be necessary to complete the work.
c. Services by the Contractor shall proceed continuously and expeditiously through completion of each phase of the work. d. Progress reports documenting the extent of completed services shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the city with each invoice under Section X of this agreement, and at such other times as the City may specify.
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
e. The Contractor shall notify the City in writing when the Contractor has determined that the services under this agreement have been completed. When the City determines that the services are complete and are acceptable, the City will provide written notification to the Contractor, acknowledging formal acceptance of the completed services.
I. AMENDMENT
This contract shall be binding on the parties hereto, their respective heirs, devisees, and successors, and cannot be varied or waived by any oral representations or promise of any agent or other person of the parties hereto. Any other change in any provision of this contract may only be made by a written amendment, signed by the duly authorized agent or agents who executed this contract.
J. EXTRA SERVICES
The City may require the Contractor to perform extra services or decreased services, according to the procedure set forth in Section X. Extra services or decreased services means services which are not different in kind or nature from the services called for in the Scope of Services, Section C, but which may increase or decrease the quantity and kind of labor or materials or expense of performing the services. Extra services may not increase the total contract price, as set forth in Section W, unless the contract is amended as provided in Section I above.
K. NO WAIVER
No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder on the part of the City or Contractor shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No express waiver shall affect any event or default other than the event or default specified in such waiver, and any such waiver, to be effective, must be in writing and shall be operative only for the time and to the extent expressly provided by the City or Contractor therein. A waiver of any covenant, term or condition contained herein shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same covenant, term or condition.
L. NON-DISCRIMINATION
In the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment regardless of age, ancestry, arrest and conviction record, color, creed, disability, genetic testing, honest testing, marital status, membership in the National Guard, State Defense Force or any reserve component of the military forces of the United States or this state, national origin, pregnancy or childbirth, race, religion, sex (including sexual harassment), sexual orientation, and use or nonuse of lawful products off of the employer’s premises during nonworking hours.
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 5
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
M. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION
The following language applies to all contractors employing fifteen (15) or more employees:
The Contractor agrees that, within thirty (30) days after the effective date of this contract, the Contractor will provide to the City of Sun Prairie Finance Department, certain workforce utilization statistics, using a form provided by the City.
If the contract is still in effect, or if the City enters into a new agreement with the Contractor, within one year after the date on which the form was required to be provided, the Contractor will provide updated workforce information using a second form, also to be furnished by the City. The second form will be submitted to the City of Sun Prairie Finance Department no later than one year after the date on which the first form was required to be provided.
Articles of Agreement, Request for Exemption, and Release of Payment The Articles of Agreement beginning on the next page apply to all Contractors, unless determined to be exempt under the following table and procedures:
Number of Less than $25,000 Aggregate $25,000 or More Aggregate Employees Annual Business with the City* Annual Business with the City* 14 or less Exempt** Exempt** 15 or more Exempt** Not Exempt
*As determined by the Finance Director **As determined by the Department of Civil Rights
1. Exempt Status: In this section, “Exempt” means the Contractor is exempt from the Articles of Agreement in Section M (5) shall apply and contractor shall select option A or B under Article 4 therein and file an Affirmative Action Plan.
2. Request for Exemption – Fewer than 15 Employees: Contractors who believe they are exempt based on number of employees shall submit a Request for Exemption on a form provided by the City of Sun Prairie Finance Department within thirty (30) days of the effective date of this contract.
3. Exemption – Annual Aggregate Business: The City of Sun Prairie Finance Department will determine, at the time this contract is presented for signature, if the Contractor is exempt because it will have less than $25,000 in annual aggregate business with the City in the calendar year. Contractors with 15 or more employees will lose this exemption and become subject to Section M (5) upon reaching $25,000 or more annual aggregate business with the City within the calendar year.
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 6
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
4. Release of Payment: All non-exempt contractors must have an approved Affirmative Action plan meeting the requirements of Article 4 below on file with the City of Sun Prairie Finance Department within thirty (30) days of the effective date of this contract and prior to release of payment by the City. Contractors that are exempt based on number of employees agree to file a Request for Exemption with the City of Sun Prairie Finance Department within thirty (30) days of the effective date and prior to release of payment by the City.
5. Articles of Agreement
ARTICLE I
The Contractor shall take affirmative action in accordance with the provisions of this contract to insure that all applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to age, ancestry, arrest and conviction record, color, creed, disability, genetic testing, honest testing, marital status, membership in the National Guard, State Defense Force or any reserve component of the military forces of the United States or this state, national origin, pregnancy or childbirth, race, religion, sex (including sexual harassment), sexual orientation, and use or nonuse of lawful products off of the employer’s premises during nonworking hours and that the employer shall provide harassment-free work environment for the realization of the potential of each employee. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation and selection for training including apprenticeship insofar as it is within the control of the Contractor. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants notices of the nondiscrimination clauses in this contract.
ARTICLE II
The Contractor shall in all solicitations or advertisements for employee placed on or behalf of the Contractors state that all qualified applicants will be employed without regard to race, religion, color, age, marital status, disability, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or nation origin.
ARTICLE III
The Contractor shall send to each labor union or representative of workers with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding a notice advising the labor union or workers representative of the Contractor’s equal employment opportunity and affirmative action commitments. Such notices shall be posted in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 7
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
ARTICLE IV
The Contractor agrees that it will comply with all provisions of the Affirmative Action Ordinance of the City of Sun Prairie including the contract compliance requirements. The Contractor warrants and certifies that one of the following paragraphs is true (check one):
A. Contractor has prepared and has on file an affirmative action plan that meets the format requirements of Federal Revised Order No. 4, 41 CFR part 60-2, as established by 43 FR 51400 November 3, 1978, including appendices required by City of Sun Prairie ordinances or it has prepared and has on file a model affirmative action plan approved by the City of Sun Prairie Finance Department.
B. Within thirty (30) days after the effective date of this contract, contractor will complete an affirmative action plan that meets the format requirements of Federal Revised Order No. 4, 41 CFR Part 60-2, as established by 43 FR 51400, November 3, 1978, including appendices required by the City of Sun Prairie within thirty (30) days after the effective date of this contract, it will complete a model affirmative action plan approved by the City of Sun Prairie Finance Department.
C. Contractor believes it is exempt from filing an affirmative action plan because it has fewer than fifteen (15) employees and has filed, or will file within thirty (30) days after the effective date of this contract, a form required by the City to confirm exempt status based on number of employees. If the City determines that the Contractor is not exempt, the Articles of Agreement will apply.
ARTICLE V
(This Article applies only to Public Works contracts.)
The Contractor agrees that it will comply with all provisions of the Affirmative Action policy of the City of Sun Prairie, including the contract compliance requirements. The Contractor agrees to submit the model affirmative action plan for Public Works Contractors in a form approved by the City of Sun Prairie Finance Department.
ARTICLE VI
The Contractor will maintain records as required by the City of Sun Prairie and will provide the City of Sun Prairie Finance Department with access to such records and to persons who have relevant and necessary information. The City agrees to keep all such records confidential, except to the extent that public inspection is required by law.
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 8
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
ARTICLE VII
In the event of the Contractor or subcontractor’s failure to comply with the Equal Employment Opportunity and Affirmative Action provisions of this contract, it is agreed that the City at its option may do any or all of the following: a. Cancel, terminate or suspend this contract in whole or part. b. Declare the Contractor ineligible for further City contracts until the Affirmative Action requirements are met. c. Recover on behalf of the City from the Contractor 0.5 percent of the contract award price for each week that such party fails or refuses to comply, in the nature of liquidated damages, but not to exceed five percent (5%) of the contract price, or five thousand dollars ($5,000), whichever is less. Under Public Works contracts, if a subcontractor is in noncompliance, the City may recover liquidated damages from the prime Contractor in the manner described above. The preceding sentence shall not be construed to prohibit a prime Contractor from recovering the amount of such damage from the noncomplying subcontractor.
ARTICLE VIII
(This Article applies to Public Works contracts only.)
The Contractor shall include the above provisions of this Contract in every subcontract so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontractor as necessary to enforce such provisions, including sanctions provided for noncompliance.
ARTICLE IX
The Contractor shall allow the maximum feasible opportunity to small business enterprises to compete for any subcontracts entered into pursuant to this contract.
N. SEVERABILITY
It is mutually agreed that in case any provision of this contract is determined by any court of law to be unconstitutional, illegal or unenforceable, it is the intention of the parties that all other provisions of this contract remain in full force and effect.
O. NOTICES
All notices to be given under the terms of this contract shall be in writing and signed by the person serving the notice and shall be sent registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the addresses of the parties listed below:
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 9
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
FOR THE CITY:
FOR THE CONTRACTOR:
P. STATUS OF CONTRACTOR/INDEPENDENT/TAX FILING
It is agreed that the Contractor is an independent Contractor and not an employee of the City, and that any persons who the Contractor utilizes and provides services under this contract are employees of the Contractor and are not employees of the City of Sun Prairie.
Contractor shall provide its taxpayer identification number (or social security number) to the City of Sun Prairie Finance Department, 300 East Main Street, Sun Prairie, WI. 53590, prior to payment. The Contractor is informed that as an independent contractor, s/he may have a responsibility to make estimated tax returns, file tax returns, and pay income taxes and make social security payments on the amounts received under this contract and that no amounts will be withheld from payments made to this Contractor for these purposes and that payment of taxes and making social security payments are solely the responsibility and obligation of the Contractor. The Contractor is further informed that s/he may be subject to civil and/or criminal penalties if she/he fails to properly report income and pay taxes and social security taxes on the amount received under this contract.
Q. GOODWILL
Any and all goodwill arising out of this contract insures solely to the benefit of the City; Contractor waives all claims to benefit of such goodwill.
R. THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
This contract is intended to be solely between the parties hereto. No part of this contract shall be construed to add, supplement, amend, abridge or repeal existing rights, benefits or privileges of any third party or parties, including but not limited to employees of either of the parties.
S. AUDIT AND RETAINING OF DOCUMENTS
The Contractor agrees to provide all reports requested by the City including, but not limited to, financial statements and reports, reports and accounting of services rendered, and any other reports or documents requested. Financial and service reports
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 10
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
shall be provided according to a schedule (when applicable) to be included in this contract. Any other reports or documents shall be provided within five (5) working days after the Contractor receives the City’s written requests, unless the parties agree in writing on a longer period. Payroll records and any other documents relating to the performance of service under the terms of this contract shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of three (3) years after completion of all work under this contract, in order to be available for audit by the City or its designee.
T. CHOICE OF LAW AND FORUM SELECTION
This contract shall be governed by and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin. The parties agree, for any claim or suit or other dispute relating to this contract that cannot be mutually resolved, the venue shall be a court of competent jurisdiction within the State of Wisconsin and the parties agree to submit themselves to the jurisdiction of said court, to the exclusion of any other judicial district that may have jurisdiction over such a dispute according to any law.
U. COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS
The Contractor shall become familiar with, and shall at all times comply with and observe all federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and regulations, which in any manner affect the services or conduct of the Contractor and its agents and employees.
V. CONFLICT OF INTEREST
A. The Contractor warrants that it and its agents and employees have no public or private interest, and will not acquire directly or indirectly any such interest, which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the services under this Agreement. B. The Contractor shall not employ or contract with any person currently employed by the City for any services included under the provisions of this Agreement.
W. COMPENSATION It is expressly understood and agreed that in no event will the total compensation for services under this contract exceed $ .
X. BASIS FOR PAYMENT
A. GENERAL
1. The City will pay the Contractor for the completed and accepted services rendered under this contract on the basis and at the contract price set forth in Section W of this contract. The City will pay the Contractor for completed and approved “extra services”, if any, if such “extra services” are authorized according to the procedure established in this section. The rate of payment for “extra services” shall be the rate established in this contract. Such payment shall
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 11
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
be full compensation for services rendered and for all labor, material, supplies, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the services.
2. The Contractor shall submit invoices, in the form or format approved by the City, specified in the Scope of Services, Section C of this contract. The City will pay the Contractor in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Scope of Services. The final invoice shall be submitted to the City within three months of completion of services under this Agreement.
3. Should this Agreement contain more than one service, a separate invoice and a separate final statement shall be submitted for each individual service.
4. Payment shall not be construed as City acceptance of unsatisfactory or defective services or improper materials.
5. Final payment of any balance due the Contractor will be made upon accepted by the City of the services under the Agreement and upon receipt by the City of documents required to be returned or to be furnished by the Contractor under this Agreement.
6. The City has the equitable right to set off against any sum due and payable to the Contractor under this Agreement, any amount the City determines the Contractor owes the City, whether arising under this Agreement or under any other Agreement or otherwise.
7. Compensation in excess of the total Contract price will not be allowed unless authorized by an amendment under Section I, AMENDMENT.
8. The City will not compensate for unsatisfactory performance by the Contractor.
B. SERVICE ORDERS, EXTRA SERVICE, OR DECREASED SERVICE
1. Written orders regarding the services, including extra services or decreased services, will be given by the City, using the procedure set forth in Section O, NOTICES.
2. The City may, by written order, request extra services or decreased services, as defined in Section J of this contract. Unless the Contractor believes the extra services entitle it to extra compensation or additional time, the Contractor shall proceed to furnish the necessary labor, materials, and professional services to complete the services within the time limits specified in the Scope of Services, Section C of this Agreement, including any amendments under Section I of this Agreement.
3. If in the Contractor’s opinion the order for extra service would entitle it to extra compensation or extra time, or both, the Contractor shall not proceed to carry out the extra service, but shall notify the City, pursuant to Section O of this Agreement. The notification shall include the justification for the claim for extra
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 12
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
compensation or extra time, or both, and the amount of additional fee or time requested.
4. The City shall review the Contractor’s submittal and respond in writing, either authorizing the Contractor to perform the extra service, or refusing to authorize it. The Contractor shall not receive additional compensation or time unless the extra compensation is authorized by the City in writing.
Y. DEFAULT/TERMINATION
A. In the event the Contractor shall default in any of the covenants, agreements, commitments, or conditions herein contained, and any such default shall continue unresolved for a period of ten (10) days after written notice thereof to Contractor, the City may, at its option and in addition to all other rights and remedies which it may have at law or in equity against contractor, including expressly the specific enforcement hereof, forthwith have the cumulative right to immediately terminate this contract and all rights of Contractor under this contract.
B. Notwithstanding paragraph A., above, the City may in its sole discretion and without any reason terminate this Agreement at any time by furnishing the Contractor within ten (10) days’ written notice of termination. In the event of termination under this subsection, the City will pay for all work completed by the Contractor and accepted by the City.
Z. INDEMNIFICATION
To the fullest extent allowable by law, Contractor hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold harmless City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, or authorized representatives or volunteers and each of them from and against any and all suits, actions, legal or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, interest, attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses of whatsoever kind or nature whether arising before, during, or after completion of the work hereunder and in any manner directly or indirectly caused, occasioned, or contributed to in whole or in part or claimed to be caused, occasioned, or contributed to in whole or in part, by reason of any act, omission, fault, or negligence, whether active or passive, of Contractor or of anyone acting under its direction or control or on its behalf in connection with or incident to the performance of this Agreement regardless of liability without fault is sought to be imposed on City of Sun Prairie. Contractor’s aforesaid indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall not be applicable to any liability caused by the sole fault, sole negligence, or willful misconduct of the City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees or authorized representatives or volunteers. This indemnity provision shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.
In any and all claims against the City of Sun Prairie, or any of its directors, officers, employees, or authorized representatives or volunteers by an employee of the Consultant, any subcontractor, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 13
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or
for the Consultant or any subcontractor under Worker’s Compensation Acts, Disability Benefit Acts, or other employee benefit acts.
No provision of this Indemnification clause shall give rise to any duties not otherwise provided for by this Agreement or by operation of law. No provision of this Indemnity clause shall be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce and other right or obligation of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to the City of Sun Prairie under this or any other contract. This clause is to be read in conjunction with all other indemnity provisions contained in this Agreement. Any conflict or ambiguity arising between any indemnity provisions in this Agreement shall be construed in favor of indemnified parties except when such interpretation would violate the laws of the state in which the job site is located.
Contractor shall reimburse City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, or authorized representatives or volunteers, for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by each of them in connection therewith or in enforcing the indemnity herein provided. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify shall not be restricted to insurance proceeds, if any, received by the City of Sun Prairie, or any of its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees or authorized representatives or volunteers.
AA. LAWS, REGULATIONS AND PERMITS
The Contractor shall give all notices required by law and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations pertaining to the project. The Contractor shall also be liable for all violations of the law in connection with work furnished by the Contractor. If the Contractor observes that the drawings or specifications are at variance with any law or ordinance, rule or regulation, he/she shall promptly notify the City of Sun Prairie engineer in writing and any necessary changes shall be made by written instruction or change order. If the Contractor performs any work that it knew or should have known to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules or regulations and without giving notice to the City of Sun Prairie engineer, the Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom.
BB. SAFETY AND SECURITY
The Contractor shall execute and maintain its work so as to avoid injury or damage to any person or property. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the specifications relating to safety measures applicable in particular operations or kids of work.
In carrying out its work, the Contractor shall at all times exercise all necessary precautions for the safety of employees appropriate to the nature of the work and the conditions under which the work is to be performed, and be in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local stator and regulatory requirements including Wisconsin labor Code; and the U.S. Department of Transportation Omnibus transportation employee Testing Act. Safety precautions, as applicable, shall include but
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 14
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
not be limited to: adequate life protection and life-saving equipment; adequate illumination; instructions in accident prevention for all employees, such as the use of machinery guards, safe walkways, scaffolds, ladders, bridges, gang planks, confined
space procedures, trenching and shoring, fall protection, and other safety devices; equipment and wearing apparel as are necessary or lawfully required to prevent accidents, injuries, or illnesses; and adequate facilities for the proper inspection and maintenance of safety measures.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the safeguarding of all utilities. At least two working days before beginning work, the Contractor shall call the “Diggers Hotline” Service in order to determine the location of substructures. The Contractor shall immediately notify the City of Sun Prairie and the utility owner if he/she disturbs, disconnects, or damages any utility.
In accordance with Wisconsin Labor regulations, the Contractor shall submit to the City of Sun Prairie specific plans to show details of provisions for worker protection form caving ground during excavations of trenches of five feet or more in depth. The excavation/trench safety plan shall be submitted to and accepted by the City of Sun Prairie prior to starting excavation. The trench safety plan shall have details showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground. If such a plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the State of Wisconsin, a Wisconsin registered civil or structural engineer shall prepare the plan, a note shall be included stating that the registered civil or structural engineer certifies that the plan complies with the applicable construction codes in Wisconsin or that the registered civil or structural engineer certifies that the plan is not less effective than the shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions of the existing law or regulations. In no event shall the Contractor use a shoring, sloping or protective system less effective than that required by the State. Submission of this plan in no way relieves the Contractor of the requirement to maintain safety in all areas. If excavation or trench work requiring a permit is to be undertaken, the Contractor shall submit his/her permit with the excavation/trench work safety plan to the City of Sun Prairie before work begins. The names and telephone numbers of at least two medical doctors practicing in the vicinity and the telephone number of the local ambulance service shall be prominently displayed adjacent to telephones.
CC. INSURANCE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Contractor shall, at its sole expense, maintain in effect at all times during the performance of the Work, insurance coverage with limits not less than those set forth below with insurers and under forms of policies set forth below.
Worker’s Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance – The Contractor shall cover or insure under the applicable Wisconsin labor laws relating to worker’s compensation insurance, all of their employees in accordance with the law in the State of Wisconsin. The Contractor/Consultant shall provide statutory covers for work related injuries and
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 15
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
employer’s liability insurance with limits of $1,000,00 each accident, $1,000,000 disease policy limit, and $1,000,000 disease each employee.
Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability Insurance – The Contractor/Consultant shall provide and maintain the following commercial general liability and automobile liability insurance:
Coverage – Coverage for commercial general liability and automobile liability insurance shall be at least as broad as the following:
1. Insurance Services Office (ISO) Commercial General Liability Coverage (Occurrence Form CG 0001) 2. Insurance Services Office (ISO) Business Auto Coverage (Form CA 0001), covering Symbol 1 (any vehicle).
Limits – The Contractor/Consultant shall maintain limits no less than the following:
1. General Liability – One million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence ($2,000,000 general aggregate if applicable) for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to the project/location (with the ISO CG 2503, or ISO CG 2504 endorsement provided to the City of Sun Prairie) or the general aggregate including product-completed operations aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. 2. Automobile Liability – One million dollars ($1,000,000) for bodily injury and property damage per occurrence limit covering all vehicles to be used in relationship to the Agreement. 3. Umbrella Liability – Three million dollars ($3,000,000) for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage per occurrence in excess of coverage carried for Employers’ Liability, Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability as described above.
Required Provisions – The general liability and automotive liability policies are to contain or be endorsed to contain the following provisions:
1. The City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees or authorized representatives or volunteers are to be given additional insured status (via ISO endorsement CG 2010, CG 2033 for general liability coverage) as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractors; products and completed operations of the Contractor; premises occupied or used by the Contractor; and vehicles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees or authorized representatives or volunteers. 2. For any claims related to this project, the Contractor’s insurance shall be primary insurance as respects the City of Sun Prairie, its elected and
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 16
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
appointed officials, officers, employees or authorized representatives or volunteers. Any insurance, self-insurance, or other coverage maintained by the City of Sun Prairie, its directors, officers, employees, or authorized representatives or volunteers shall not contribute to it. 3. Any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies including breaches of warranties shall not affect coverage provided to the City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees or authorized representatives or volunteers. 4. The Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability. 5. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall state, or be endorsed to state, that coverage shall not be canceled by the insurance carrier or the Contractor, except after sixty ((60) days) (10 days for non- payment of premium) prior written notice by U.S. mail has been given to the City of Sun Prairie. 6. Such liability insurance shall indemnify the City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees or authorized representatives or volunteers against loss from liability imposed by law upon, or assumed under contract by, the Contractor for damages on account of such bodily injury (including death), property damage, personal injury, completed operations, and products liability. 7. The general liability policy shall cover bodily injury and property damage liability, owned and non-owned equipment, blanket contractual liability, completed operations liability with a minimum of a 24-month policy extension, explosion, collapse, underground excavation, and removal of lateral support, and shall not contain an exclusion for what is commonly referred to by the insurers as the “XCU” hazards. The automobile liability policy shall cover all owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles. 8. All of the insurance shall be provided on policy forms and through companies satisfactory to the City of Sun Prairie, and shall have a minimum A.M. Best’s rating of A- VII.
Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions – Any deductible or self-insured retention must be declared to and approved by the City of Sun Prairie. At the option of the City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, or authorized representatives or volunteers, the insurer shall either reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions.
Evidences of Insurance – Prior to execution of the agreement, the Contractor shall file with the City of Sun Prairie, a certificate of insurance (Acord Form 25-S) signed by the insurer’s representative evidencing the coverage required by this agreement. CG 20 10 11 85 covers all bases OR Form CG 20 10 07 04 for ongoing work exposure AND Form CG 20 37 07 04 for products-completed operations exposure. Contractor will also provide form CG 28 04 10 93, Earlier Notice of Cancellation with 30 days’ notice.
Such evidence shall include an additional insured endorsement signed by the insurer’s representative. Such evidence shall also include confirmation that coverage includes or
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 17
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
has been modified to include all required provisions 1-8. Responsibility for Work – Until the completion and final acceptance by the City of Sun Prairie of all the work under and implied by this agreement, the work shall be under the Contractor’s responsibility care and control. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries, damages, re-erections, and repairs occasioned or rendered necessary by causes of any nature whatsoever.
Sub-Contractors – In the event that the Contractor employs other contractors (sub- contractors) as part of the work covered by this agreement, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to require and confirm that each sub-contractor meets the minimum insurance requirements specified above.
DD. OWNERSHIP OF CONTRACT PRODUCT
All of the work product, including, but not limited to, documents, materials, files, reports, data, including magnetic tapes, disks of computer-aided designs or other electronically stored data or information (the “Documents”), which the Contractor prepares pursuant to the terms and conditions of this contract are the sole property of the City. The Contractor will not publish any such materials or use them for any research or publication, other than as expressly required or permitted by this contract, without the prior written permission of the City. The grant or denial of such permission shall be at the City’s sole discretion.
The Contractor intends that the copyright to the Documents shall be owned by the City, whether as author (as a Work Made for Hire), or by assignment from Contractor to City. The parties expressly agree that the Documents shall be considered a Work Made for Hire as defined by Title 17, United States Code, Section 101(2).
As further consideration for the City entering into this contract, the Contractor hereby assigns to the City all of the Contractor’s rights, title, interest and ownership in the Documents, including the right to procure the copyright therein and the right to secure any renewals, reissues and extensions of any such copyright in any foreign country. The City shall be entitled to the sole and exclusive benefit of the Documents, including the copyright thereto, and whenever required by the City, the Contractor shall at no additional compensation, execute all documents of assignment of the full and exclusive benefit and copyright thereof to the City. Any subcontractors and other independent Contractors who prepare portions of the Documents shall be required by the Contractor to execute an assignment of ownership in favor of the City before commencing work.
EE. PUBLIC RECORD LAW COMPLIANCE
It is the intention of City to maintain an open and public process in the solicitation, submission, review, and approval of contacts.
1. The parties acknowledge that City is a municipal corporation legally bound to comply with the Wisconsin Public Records Law and Open Meetings Law (see sections 19.32-19.39 and 19.81-19.98, Wis. Statutes) and that, unless otherwise clearly allowed by law to be an exception to the Public Record Law and
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 18
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
confidential, all aspects of this agreement are subject to open disclosure and are a matter of public record. It is further agreed to that neither party will take any action to obstruct the operation of these laws. To comply with any request under said Public Record Law, the provider/contractor herein shall produce copies of all materials, gathered or produced or modified pursuant to this Contract to City, in their original (i.e., electronic or digital, etc.) format at actual cost of reproduction, without profit. According to Wisconsin case law, even if records are created or maintained by, or in the custody of, the provider as an independent contractor, they, along with the raw data used to create the record, are nevertheless public records that must be made available to the public within a reasonable time and without delay upon request by any person, and in the format in which they were created. Provider/contractor agrees to hold City, its agents, officials and employees harmless and to indemnify them and City for all costs, fees, including all reasonable attorney fees and expenses of all kinds, and any judgments, orders, injunctions, writs of mandamus, and damages or expense of whatever kind for which City or its agents, officials or employees may expend or be held liable due to the Provider/contractor’s failure to comply with the Wisconsin Public Records and Open Meetings laws, or with this Agreement.
2. Any Public Records Law request received directly by a contractor related to this Contract with City shall immediately be reported to the City Administrator.
FF. LIVING WAGE (Applicable to contracts exceeding $5000)
Unless exempt, the Contractor agrees to pay all employees employed by the Contractor in the performance of this contract, whether on a full-time or part-time basis, a base wage of not less than minimum hourly wage.
GG. WEAPONS PROHIBITION
Contractor shall prohibit, and shall require its subcontractors to prohibit, its employees from carrying weapons, including concealed weapons, in the course of performance of work under this contract, other than while at the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s own business premises. The requirement shall apply to vehicles used at any City work site and vehicles used to perform any work under this contract, except vehicles that are employee’s “own motor vehicle” pursuant to Wis. Stat. sec. 175.60(15m).
HH. IT NETWORK CONNECTION POLICY
If this Contract includes services such as software support, software maintenance, network services, system development services and/or will require a network connection to the City network, is hereby incorporated and made a part of this contract and Contractor agrees to comply with the City’s computer use policy.
II. AUTHORITY
Contractor represents that it has the authority to enter into this contract. If the Contractor is not an individual, the person signing on behalf of the Contractor
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 19
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
represents and warrants that she/he has been duly authorized to bind the Contractor and sign this contract on the Contractor’s behalf.
JJ. COUNTERPARTS, CONTRACT DELIVERY
This contract may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be taken together as a whole to comprise a single document. Executed copies of the originally signed contract must be delivered or mailed to the City of Sun Prairie Clerk’s Office. Copies of the contract exchanged by facsimile, electronic scanned copy or similar technology shall not be considered a valid signed contract.
KK. SCOPE OF SERVICES
LL. REQUIRED FORMS FROM CONTRACTOR
A. Bid Form(s) B. Bid Bond C. Qualification Statement D. Instructions for Executing the Contract E. Performance Bond F. Payment Bond G. Insurance Requirements and Forms
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 20
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands at Sun Prairie, Wisconsin.
CITY OF SUN PRAIRIE A municipal government Date:
CONTRACTOR By: Paul Esser, Mayor
Date: (Name of Contracting Entity)
By: By: (Signature) Elena Hilby, City Clerk
(Print Name and Title of Person Signing) Approved as to Form:
Date: By: Mark Leonard, City Attorney By: (Signature) By: Kristin Vander Kooi, City Treasurer (Print Name and Title of Person Signing)
Date:
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 21
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SAMPLE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 00 52 13 - 22
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 54 10 2 3 INSTRUCTIONS FOR EXECUTING THE CONTRACT 4 5 6 If the contract is signed by the Secretary of the corporation, the certificate below should be executed by some other officer of 7 the corporation, under the corporate seal. In lieu of the foregoing certificate, there may be attached to the contract copies of so 8 much of the records of the corporation as will show the official character and authority of the officers signing, duly certified by the 9 Secretary of Assistant Secretary under the corporate seal to be true copies. 10 11 The full name and business address of the Contractor should be inserted, and the contract should be signed with his official 12 signature. Please have the name of the signing party printed under all signatures to the contract. 13 14 If the Contractor should be a partnership, each partner should sign the contract. If the Contract is not signed by each partner, there 15 should be attached to the contract a duly authenticated power of attorney evidencing the signer's authority to sign such contract for 16 and in behalf of the partnership. 17 18 If the Contractor be an individual, the trade name (if the Contractor by operating under a trade name) should be indicated in the 19 contract and the contract should be signed by such an individual. If signed by other than the Contractor there should be attached to 20 the contract a duly authenticated Power of Attorney evidencing the signer's authority to execute such a contract for and in behalf 21 of the Contractor. 22 23 If the Contractor is a corporation, the following certificate should be executed: 24 25 26 I, , certify that I am the _ _ 27 28 Secretary of the corporation named as Contractor herein above; that who signed foregoing contract on behalf of said corporation 29 was then of said corporation; that said Contract was duly signed for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing 30 body, and is written within the scope of its corporate powers. 31 32 33 34 35 (CORPORATE SEAL AND SIGNATURE) 36 37 38 39 40 (PRINTED NAME) 41
INSTRUCTIONS FOR EXECUTING THE CONTRACT 00 54 10 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
INSTRUCTIONS FOR EXECUTING THE CONTRACT 00 54 10 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 61 13.13 2 3 PERFORMANCE BOND 4 5 6 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 7 8 That _ _ _ 9 (NAME OF CONTRACTOR) 10 11 _ _ _ 12 (ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR) 13 14 _ _ _ 15 16 17 _ _ hereinafter call Principal, and 18 19 20 _ _ _ 21 (NAME OF SURETY) 22 23 _ _ _ 24 (ADDRESS OF SURETY) 25 26 _ _ _ 27 hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto 28 29 City of Sun Prairie 30 300 East Main Street 31 Sun Prairie, WI 53590 32 33 hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of 34 35 36 37 _ _ _ Dollars ($ _) 38 in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors, 39 and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 40 THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION, is that such whereas, the Principal entered into a certain Contract with the Owner, dated 41 42 the _ day of , 2019, a copy of which is 43 hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of: 44 45 _ 46 47 _ 48 49 _ _ 50 51 _ _ _ 52 53 NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, 54 conditions, and agreements of said Contract during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted 55 by the City with or without notice to the Surety and during the one year guarantee period, and if he shall satisfy all claims and 56 demands incurred under such Contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the City from all costs and damages which it 57 may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the City all outlay and expense which the City may incur in 58 making good any default, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PERFORMANCE BOND 00 61 13.13 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, 2 alteration or addition to terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder of the Specification accompanying the 3 same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, 4 alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the Specifications. 5 6 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the City and the Principal shall abridge the right of any beneficiary 7 hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. 8 9 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in four counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, this the 10 11 _ day of , 2019. 12 ATTEST 13 _ 14 (PRINCIPAL) (PRINCIPAL) 15 By 16 17 18 (SEAL) (ADDRESS) 19 20 21 22 (WITNESS AS TO PRINCIPAL) 23 24 25 (ADDRESS) 26 27 28 29 30 (SURETY) 31 ATTEST 32 By 33 (SURETY) SECRETARY (ATTORNEY IN FACT) 34 35 By 36 37 38 39 (SEAL) (ADDRESS) 40 41 42 43 (WITNESS AS TO SURETY) 44 45 46 (ADDRESS) 47 48 49 50 51 NOTES: 52 1. Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. If Principal is a partnership, all partners should execute Bond. 53 2. Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department’s most current list (Circular 570 as amended) 54 and be authorized to transact business in the State where the Project is located.
PERFORMANCE BOND 00 61 13.13 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 61 13.16 2 3 PAYMENT BOND 4 5 6 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 7 8 That: _ 9 (NAME OF CONTRACTOR) 10 11 _ _ _ 12 (NAME OF CONTRACTOR) 13 14 _ _ _ 15 16 a _ hereinafter call Principal, and 17 18 _ _ _ 19 (NAME OF SURETY) 20 21 _ _ 22 (ADDRESS OF SURETY) 23 24 _ _ 25 hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto 26 27 _ _ _ 28 (NAME OF OWNER) 29 30 _ _ _ 31 (NAME OF OWNER) 32 33 _ _ _ 34 (ADDRESS OF OWNER) 35 36 _ _ _ 37 38 hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of 39 40 _ _ _ Dollars ($ _) 41 42 in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors, and 43 assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 44 45 THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION, is that such whereas, the Principal entered into a certain Contract with the Owner, dated 46 47 day of , 2019, a copy of which is 48 hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction of: 49 50 _ _ _ 51 52 _ _ _ 53 54 NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, 55 conditions, and agreements of said Contract during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted 56 by the City with or without notice to the Surety and during the one- year guarantee period, and if he/she shall satisfy all claims 57 and demands incurred under such Contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the City from all costs and damages 58 which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the City all outlay and expense which the City
PAYMENT BOND 00 61 13.16 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 may incur in making good any default, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 2 3 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, 4 alteration or addition to terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed thereunder of the Specification accompanying 5 the same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, 6 alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the Specifications. 7 8 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the City and the Principal shall abridge the right of any beneficiary 9 hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. 10 11 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in four counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, this the 12 13 Day of , 2019. 14 15 16 ATTEST 17 _ _ _ 18 (PRINCIPAL) (PRINCIPAL) 19 20 By 21 22 23 (SEAL) (ADDRESS) 24 25 26 27 _ 28 (WITNESS AS TO PRINCIPAL) 29 30 _ 31 (ADDRESS) 32 33 _ _ _ 34 (SURETY) 35 36 ATTEST 37 _ By _ _ 38 (SURETY) SECRETARY (ATTORNEY IN FACT) 39 40 41 (SEAL) (ADDRESS) 42 43 44 45 _ 46 (WITNESS AS TO PRINCIPAL) 47 48 _ 49 (ADDRESS) 50 51 _ 52 53 54 Notes: 55 1. Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract. If Principal is a partnership, all partners should execute Bond. 56 2. Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department’s most current list (Circular 570 as amended) 57 and be authorized to transact business in the State where the Project is located.
PAYMENT BOND 00 61 13.16 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 73 16 2 3 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 4 5 6 INDEMNIFICATION – Construction 7 8 To the fullest extent allowable by law, Contractor hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold harmless City of Sun Prairie, its 9 elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, or authorized representatives or volunteers and each of them from and 10 against any and all suits, actions, legal or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, interest, attorneys’ 11 fees, costs, and expenses of whatsoever kind or nature whether arising before, during, or after completion of the work 12 hereunder and in any manner directly or indirectly caused, occasioned, or contributed to in whole or in part or claimed to be 13 caused, occasioned, or contributed to in whole or in part, by reason of any act, omission, fault, or negligence, whether active or 14 passive, of Contractor or of anyone acting under its direction or control or on its behalf in connection with or incident to the 15 performance of this Agreement regardless if liability without fault is sought to be imposed on City of Sun Prairie. Contractor’s 16 aforesaid indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall not be applicable to any liability caused by the sole fault, sole 17 negligence, or willful misconduct of the City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees or authorized 18 representatives or volunteers. This indemnity provision shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. 19 20 In any and all claims against the City of Sun Prairie, or any of its directors, officers, employees, or authorized representatives or 21 volunteers by an employee of the Consultant, any subcontractor, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the 22 indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of 23 damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the Consultant or any subcontractor under Worker’s Compensation Acts, 24 Disability Benefit Acts, or other employee benefit acts. 25 26 No provision of this Indemnification clause shall give rise to any duties not otherwise provided for by this Agreement or by 27 operation of law. No provision of this Indemnity clause shall be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce and other 28 right or obligation of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to the City of Sun Prairie under this or any other contract. This 29 clause is to be read in conjunction with all other indemnity provisions contained in this Agreement. Any conflict or ambiguity 30 arising between any indemnity provisions in this Agreement shall be construed in favor of indemnified parties except when 31 such interpretation would violate the laws of the state in which the job site is located. 32 33 Contractor shall reimburse City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, or authorized 34 representatives or volunteers, for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by each of them in connection therewith or in 35 enforcing the indemnity herein provided. Contractor’s obligation to indemnify shall not be restricted to insurance proceeds, if 36 any, received by the City of Sun Prairie, or any of its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees or authorized 37 representatives or volunteers. 38 39 40 LAWS, REGULATIONS AND PERMITS – Construction 41 42 The Contractor shall give all notices required by law and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations pertaining to 43 the project. The Contractor shall also be liable for all violations of the law in connection with work furnished by the Contractor. 44 If the Contractor observes that the drawings or specifications are at variance with any law or ordinance, rule or regulation, 45 he/she shall promptly notify the City of Sun Prairie engineer in writing and any necessary changes shall be made by written 46 instruction or change order. If the Contractor performs any work that it knew or should have known to be contrary to such laws, 47 ordinances, rules or regulations and without giving notice to the City of Sun Prairie engineer, the Contractor shall bear all costs 48 arising therefrom. 49 50 51 SAFETY AND SECURITY – Construction 52 53 The Contractor shall execute and maintain its work so as to avoid injury or damage to any person or property. The Contractor shall 54 comply with the requirements of the specifications relating to safety measures applicable in particular operations or kids of 55 work. 56 57 In carrying out its work, the Contractor shall at all times exercise all necessary precautions for the safety of employees appropriate 58 to the nature of the work and the conditions under with the work is to be performed, and be in compliance with all applicable
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 00 73 16 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 federal, state and local stator and regulatory requirements including Wisconsin labor Code; and the U.S. Department of 2 Transportation Omnibus transportation employee Testing Act. Safety precautions, as applicable, shall include but not be limited 3 to: adequate life protection and life-saving equipment; adequate illumination; instructions in accident prevention for all 4 employees, such as the use of machinery guards, safe walkways, scaffolds, ladders, bridges, gang planks, confined space 5 procedures, trenching and shoring, fall protection, and other safety devices; equipment and wearing apparel as are necessary 6 or lawfully required to prevent accidents, injuries, or illnesses; and adequate facilities for the proper inspection and maintenance 7 of safety measures. 8 9 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safeguarding of all utilities. At least two working days before beginning work, the 10 Contractor shall call the “Diggers Hotline” Service in order to determine the location of substructures. The Contractor shall 11 immediately notify the City of Sun Prairie and the utility owner if he/she disturbs, disconnects, or damages any utility. 12 13 In accordance with Wisconsin Labor regulations, the Contractor shall submit to the City of Sun Prairie specific plans to show 14 details of provisions for worker protection form caving ground during excavations of trenches of five feet or more in depth. The 15 excavation/trench safety plan shall be submitted to and accepted by the City of Sun Prairie prior to starting excavation. The 16 trench safety plan shall have details showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions to be made for worker 17 protection from the hazard of caving ground. If such a plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the State of 18 Wisconsin, a Wisconsin registered civil or structural engineer shall prepare the plan, a note shall be included stating that the 19 registered civil or structural engineer certifies that the plan complies with the applicable construction codes in Wisconsin or 20 that the registered civil or structural engineer certifies that the plan is not less effective than the shoring, bracing, sloping, or 21 other provisions of the existing law or regulations. In no event shall the Contractor use a shoring, sloping or protective system less 22 effective than that required by the State. Submission of this plan in no way relieves the Contractor of the requirement to 23 maintain safety in all areas. If excavation or trench work requiring a permit is to be undertaken, the Contractor shall submit 24 his/her permit with the excavation/trench work safety plan to the City of Sun Prairie before work begins. The names and 25 telephone numbers of at least two medical doctors practicing in the vicinity and the telephone number of the local ambulance 26 service shall be prominently displayed adjacent to telephones. 27 28 29 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS – Construction 30 31 Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Contractor shall, at its sole expense, maintain in effect at all times during the 32 performance of the Work, insurance coverage with limits not less than those set forth below with insurers and under forms of 33 policies set forth below. 34 35 Worker’s Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance – The Contractor shall cover or insure under the applicable Wisconsin 36 labor laws relating to worker’s compensation insurance, all of their employees in accordance with the law in the State of 37 Wisconsin. The Contractor/Consultant shall provide statutory covers for work related injuries and employer’s liability insurance 38 with limits of $1,000,00 each accident, $1,000,000 disease policy limit, and $1,000,000 disease each employee. 39 40 Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability Insurance – The Contractor/Consultant shall provide and maintain the 41 following commercial general liability and automobile liability insurance: 42 43 Coverage – Coverage for commercial general liability and automobile liability insurance shall be at least as broad as the following: 44 45 1. Insurance Services Office (ISO) Commercial General Liability Coverage (Occurrence Form CG 0001) 46 2. Insurance Services Office (ISO) Business Auto Coverage (Form CA 0001), covering Symbol 1 (any vehicle). 47 48 Limits – The Contractor/Consultant shall maintain limits no less than the following: 49 50 1. General Liability – One million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence ($2,000,000 general aggregate if applicable) for 51 bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a 52 general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to the project/location (with the 53 ISO CG 2503, or ISO CG 2504 endorsement provided to the City of Sun Prairie) or the general aggregate including 54 product-completed operations aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. 55 2. Automobile Liability – One million dollars ($1,000,000) for bodily injury and property damage per occurrence limit 56 covering all vehicles to be used in relationship to the Agreement. 57 3. Umbrella Liability – Three million dollars ($3,000,000) for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage per 58 occurrence in excess of coverage carried for Employers’ Liability, Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 00 73 16 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 as described above. 2 3 Required Provisions – The general liability and automotive liability policies are to contain or be endorsed to contain the following 4 provisions: 5 6 1. The City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees or authorized representatives or 7 volunteers are to be given additional insured status (via ISO endorsement CG 2010, CG 2033 for general liability 8 coverage) as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractors; products and 9 completed operations of the Contractor; premises occupied or used by the Contractor; and vehicles owned, leased, 10 hired or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection 11 afforded to the City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees or authorized 12 representatives or volunteers. 13 2. For any claims related to this project, the Contractor’s insurance shall be primary insurance as respects the City of Sun 14 Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees or authorized representatives or volunteers. Any 15 insurance, self- insurance, or other coverage maintained by the City of Sun Prairie, its directors, officers, employees, 16 or authorized representatives or volunteers shall not contribute to it. 17 3. Any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies including breaches of warranties shall not 18 affect coverage provided to the City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees or 19 authorized representatives or volunteers. 20 4. The Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except 21 with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability. 22 5. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall state, or be endorsed to state, that coverage shall not be 23 canceled by the insurance carrier or the Contractor, except after sixty ((60) days) (10 days for non-payment of 24 premium) prior written notice by 25 U.S. mail has been given to the City of Sun Prairie. 26 6. Such liability insurance shall indemnify the City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees 27 or authorized representatives or volunteers against loss from liability imposed by law upon, or assumed under 28 contract by, the Contractor for damages on account of such bodily injury (including death), property damage, personal 29 injury, completed operations, and products liability. 30 7. The general liability policy shall cover bodily injury and property damage liability, owned and non-owned equipment, 31 blanket contractual liability, completed operations liability with a minimum of a 24-month policy extension, explosion, 32 collapse, underground excavation, and removal of lateral support, and shall not contain an exclusion for what is 33 commonly referred to by the insurers as the “XCU” hazards. The automobile liability policy shall cover all owned, non- 34 owned, and hired vehicles. 35 8. All of the insurance shall be provided on policy forms and through companies satisfactory to the City of Sun Prairie, 36 and shall have a minimum A.M. Best’s rating of A- VII. 37 38 Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions – Any deductible or self-insured retention must be declared to and approved by the City 39 of Sun Prairie. At the option of the City of Sun Prairie, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, or authorized 40 representatives or volunteers, the insurer shall either reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions. 41 42 Evidences of Insurance – Prior to execution of the agreement, the Contractor shall file with the City of Sun Prairie, a certificate of 43 insurance (Acord Form 25-S) signed by the insurer’s representative evidencing the coverage required by this agreement. CG 20 44 10 11 85 covers all bases OR Form CG 20 10 07 04 for ongoing work exposure AND Form CG 20 37 07 04 for products-completed 45 operations exposure. Contractor will also provide form CG 28 04 10 93, Earlier Notice of Cancellation with 30 days’ notice. 46 47 Such evidence shall include an additional insured endorsement signed by the insurer’s representative. Such evidence shall also 48 include confirmation that coverage includes or has been modified to include all required provisions 1-8. 49 50 Responsibility for Work – Until the completion and final acceptance by the City of Sun Prairie of all the work under and implied 51 by this agreement, the work shall be under the Contractor’s responsibility care and control. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, 52 restore and make good all injuries, damages, re-erections, and repairs occasioned or rendered necessary by causes of any nature 53 whatsoever. 54 55 Sub-Contractors – In the event that the Contractor employs other contractors (sub-contractors) as part of the work covered by 56 this agreement, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to require and confirm that each sub-contractor meets the minimum 57 insurance requirements specified above. 58
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 00 73 16 - 3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 00 73 16 - 4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 00 73 16.10 2 3 INSURANCE FORMS – EXAMPLES INDEX 4 5 6 INDEX OF FORMS: 7 8 Standard ISO Additional Insured Endorsements……………………………………………………………………………………………………..………………….1 9 10 CG 20 10 07 04 ...... 1 11 12 CG 20 26 07 04 ...... 1 13 14 CG 20 37 07 04 ...... 1 15 16 Early Notice of Cancellation ...... 1 17
INSURANCE FORMS – EXAMPLES INDEX 00 73 16.10 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
INSURANCE FORMS – EXAMPLES INDEX 00 73 16.10 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 01 10 00 2 3 SUMMARY 4 5 6 PROJECT INFORMATION 7 8 Project: The project consists of select interior demolition and remodeling, including: concrete slab replacement, treated wood blocking, 9 door and hardware, metal stud and drywall framing and finishing, ceilings, flooring, signage, restroom accessories, plumbing and fixtures, 10 HVAC and fire protection retrofitting, lighting. 11 12 Project Location: Sun Prairie Public Library, 1350 Linnerud Drive, Sun Prairie, WI 53590 13 14 Owner: City of Sun Prairie, 300 East Main Street, Sun Prairie, WI 53590 15 16 Architect: OPN Architects, 301 North Broom Street, Suite 100, Madison, WI53703. 17 18 The Architect will submit to the City of Sun Prairie for Wisconsin DSPS Plan Review. 19 20 The Contractor will submit to the City of Sun Prairie all construction permit requirements and pay permit fees. 21 22 Work by Contractor: 23 24 Select interior demolition and remodeling, including: concrete slab replacement, treated wood blocking, door and hardware, metal stud and 25 drywall framing and finishing, ceilings, flooring, signage, restroom accessories, plumbing and fixtures, HVAC and fire protection retrofitting, 26 lighting, as indicated in the construction documents. 27 28 It is the General Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate all trades to complete the scope of work. 29 30 All design work shall be completed per all adopted building codes by the State of Wisconsin and Local Jurisdictions. 31 32 It is the General Contractor’s responsibility to obtain all permits required for the work. 33 34 All tradesman and designers shall have the qualification, certifications, and licenses to perform the all work within the 35 authority. 36 37 Work by Owner: None. 38 39 Work Under Separate Contracts: None. 40 41 Owner-Furnished Contractor Installed (OFCI) Items: The following products will be furnished by Owner and shall be installed by 42 Contractor as part of the work: 43 Paper Towel Dispensers 44 Toilet Paper Dispensers 45 Soap Dispensers 46 Sharp Needle Disposal/Recovery Dispenser 47 48 SCOPE OR WORK BASE BID 49 50 All labor, materials, and equipment to complete the work as specified and in all construction documents. 51 52 ALTERNATES 53 54 Refer to Section 00 41 00 Bid Form. 55 56 WORK RESTRICTIONS 57 58 Contractor's Use of Premises: The building will be operational during construction. Owner will have limited occupancy to those
SUMMARY 01 10 00 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 areas of construction during the work period. 2 3 In order to minimize disruption to Library operations, Contractor will have all materials, finishes, equipment, and accessories in 4 possession and stored by Contractor off-site prior to the commencement of any work. 5 6 All materials submittals, including product data and shop drawings, shall be submitted to the Architect and all submittal reviews 7 shall be completed prior to commencement of any work 8 9 During construction, Contractor will have limited access during operational hours of the Library. Contractor may use the 10 premises during off-operational hours only if scheduled in advance with the City and Library. 11 12 Information pertaining to existing conditions that are described in the specifications or appear on the drawings is based on 13 available records. While such data has been collected with reasonable care, there is no expressed or implied guarantee that 14 conditions so indicated are entirely representative of those actually existing. This information is provided to inform the 15 Contractor of known, existing conditions so that due diligence is taken by the Contractor to avoid damage. 16 17 Nonsmoking Building and Site: Smoking is not permitted within the Library building or on Owner’s site. 18 19 Weapons Free Zone: All weapons, including concealed firearms are prohibited within the Library building. 20 21 Confine all operations, equipment, apparatus and storage of materials, to the immediate area of work to the greatest possible 22 extent. Contractor shall ascertain, observe and comply with all rules and regulations in effect on the project site, including but not 23 limited to parking and traffic regulations, use of walks, security restrictions and hours of allowable ingress and egress. 24 25 Protect floors and other surfaces along haul routes from damage, wear, and staining. 26 27 Use covering materials and masking agents that are waterproof and will not stain or leave residue on surfaces to which they are 28 applied. Apply protective materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agents or 29 adhesives to painted or porous surfaces. 30 31 When no longer needed, promptly remove protective materials. 32 33 Any special security precautions for the project will be defined at the preconstruction meeting. In general, security 34 requirements will include the following: 35 36 Contractor's work vehicles will be permitted to drive and park on premises for the purpose of loading and unloading 37 materials and equipment for this project. Contractor parking will be allowed in the back row only (farthest from 38 building) of the Library parking during the construction period. 39 40 To ensure the safety of persons at the building, the following safety measures should be observed: 41 42 Contractor shall instruct his workmen not to leave any openings in barricades, or to leave tools, equipment, or materials 43 lying around in any area where persons may traverse. 44 45 Surfaces of barricades, enclosures, etc., must be smooth with no protruding nails or other sharp projections or edges on 46 side to- ward existing occupied areas, corridors, connecting links, etc. 47 48 Outdoor lanes for emergency exit from existing buildings which may lie within or adjacent to new construction area must 49 be kept clear of obstructions at all times. 50 51 52 END OF SECTION
SUMMARY 01 10 00 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 01 20 00 2 3 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 4 5 6 PART 1 – GENERAL 7 8 9 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 10 11 The City of Sun Prairie may wish to use preferred products for various specification items to establish standards of quality, 12 utility, and appearance requirements. 13 14 Substitutions for specified Products will not be allowed except as follows: 15 16 1. The Product is no longer produced or the product manufacturer is no longer in business. 17 18 2. The manufacturer has significantly changed performance data, product dimensions, or other such design criteria 19 for the specified product(s). 20 21 3. Products specified by naming a product and/or manufacturer as the “Basis-of-Design” and the specification further 22 states “or comparable product approved during the bid process.” 23 24 Substitutions for specified products will not be allowed as follows: 25 26 1. For Products specified by naming only one Product and manufacturer as the “Basis of Design”. For these 27 specifications, no substitute product will be considered. 28 29 2. For products specified by naming more than one product or manufacturer select any one of the products or 30 manufacturers named, which complies with the specifications. No substitute product will be considered. 31 32 3. Request for substitutions from any party other than the General Contractor will not be accepted. 33 34 35 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 36 37 Electronic Submittal Request: During bidding all contractors and suppliers of materials or products shall provide an electronic 38 (PDF) copy of the Substitution Request Form and all required attachments directly via email to the Architect. 39 40 1. Actual Sample Product Submittal: Submittal of actual product samples shall be received at the Architect’s office 41 with both a paper copy and an electronic copy submitted via email of the Substitution Request Form. 42 43 2. All Substitution Requests shall use the form following the end of this specification section. 44 45 3. Substitution Requests after bidding will only be allowed where specifically allowed with the contract documents. 46 47 4. Submit one digital copy of each request for product substitution. Submit requests within 14 days after the Notice to 48 Proceed. 49 50 5. Do not submit unapproved substitutions on Shop Drawings or other submittals. 51 52 6. Architect will review the proposed substitution and notify Contractor of its acceptance or rejection. 53 54 55 REQUESTING A SUBSTITUTION DURING BIDDING 56
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 In the event that a substitution is requested during the bidding phase the Contractor or Supplier shall meet the substitution 2 request deadline listed in the bidding documents. No substitution request will be considered during the bidding period after 3 the stated substitution request deadline. In general, this procedure shall be as follows: 4 Submit the Substitution Request Form including all required supporting documentation to the Architect by the substitution 5 request deadline of ten (10) days prior to the receipt of Bids. Utilize the Substitution Request Form found at the end of this 6 Section. 7 8 Submit a Substitution Request Form for each product, supported with complete data, drawings and samples as appropriate, 9 including: 10 1. Comparison of qualities of the proposed substitutions with that specified. 11 2. Changes required in other elements of the Work because of the substitution. 12 3. Effect on the construction schedule. 13 4. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the Product specified. 14 5. Any required license fees or royalties. 15 6. Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials. 16 17 The Architect will review the Substitution Request Form and if approved, will publish a bidding addendum authorizing the 18 replacement. The Owner and Architect may reject any substitution request without providing specific reasons. 19 20 Substitutions submitted and approved during the bidding phase shall be announced by the Village of Waunakee by addenda 21 prior to the bid due date. 22 23 24 REQUESTING A SUBSTITUTION AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT 25 26 A substitution request will only be considered after award of contract if it meets the qualifying provisions as described under 27 Substitution Procedures above. 28 29 The Contractor shall submit a Substitution Request Form as outlined in this section above. 30 31 The Architect will review the request and provide the appropriate approvals and feed back to the General Contractor. 32 33 34 UNAUTHORIZED SUBSTITUTIONS 35 36 Any Contractor who substitutes products without proper authorization by the Owner and Architect will be required to 37 immediately remove and replace the product and all costs required to conform to the Contract Documents shall be borne by 38 the General Prime Contractor. 39 40 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) 41 42 Contractors shall use the RFI form/process to request additional information or clarification regarding the construction 43 documents. 44 Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents any 45 subcontractor may initiate an RFI for additional information or clarification through the Contractor. 46 47 Thoroughly explain the issue at hand, provide backup information (photographs, sketches, drawings, data, etc) as 48 necessary, and clearly state the question or problem that requires a resolution. Combine like or related issues but do 49 not include multiple issues on one form. 50 51 All RFI documentation shall be submitted electronically in PDF format to the Architect. 52 53 RFI issues initiated by any Subcontractor shall be done through the Contractor. 54 55 RFIs submitted by any Subcontractor under the Contractor’s control shall be returned with no response. 56
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 Submit a new RFI for each issue. Only multiple questions that are of a similar nature may be combined into one RFI shall be 2 allowed and responded to. 3 4 The Contractor shall be responsible for all of the following: 5 1. Ensure that any request for additional information is valid and the information being requested is not addressed in 6 the construction documents. 7 2. Ensure that all requests are clearly stated and the RFI form is completely filled out. 8 3. Ensure that all Work associated an RFI response is carried out as intended. 9 10 The Architect shall be responsible for the following: 11 1. Ensure that all responses to contractor initiated RFIs are properly responded to in a timely fashion. 12 2. Owner, and consulting staff shall be responsible for the initial review of the RFI. The Architect shall be responsible 13 for codifying all consultant and Owner comments into a unified RFI response. 14 15 The RFI form shall be the AIA-G716-2004, or the Contractor’s form with equivalent information. All forms shall be submitted 16 electronically in PDF format per Section 01 30 00 - Submittals. 17 18 Commencement of Work related to an RFI: 19 The Contractor shall only proceed with the Work of an RFI where, additional information is not required. 20 21 The Contractor shall not proceed with any Work associated with an RFI while it is under review. 22 23 The Contractor shall not proceed with any Work associated with an RFI that clearly states a ITC will be issued in 24 response to the RFI. 25 26 The Contractor will be required to immediately remove and replace unauthorized Work and all costs required to 27 conform to the Contract Documents shall be borne by the Contractor. 28 29 30 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 31 32 Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract 33 Sum or the Contract Time. 34 35 Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work. 36 37 1. Proposal Requests are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 38 39 2. Within 7 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract 40 Sum and the Contract Time. 41 42 Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Con- tractor may initiate a 43 claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 44 45 On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA 46 Document G701, for all changes to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. 47 48 Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs 49 Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Construction Change Directive 50 contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the 51 Contract Sum or the Contract Time. 52 53 Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 54 After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time 55 adjustments to the Contract. 56 57 58 PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 - 3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 2 Submit a Schedule of Values at least seven days before the initial Application for Payment. Break down the Contract Sum into at 3 least one line item for each Specification Section in the Project Manual table of contents. Coordinate the schedule of values with 4 Contractor's construction schedule. 5 6 1. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. 7 8 2. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 9 10 3. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials and for total installed value of that 11 part of the Work. 12 13 Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Applications for Payment. 14 15 1. All partial payments shall have five (5%) percent of the amount retained until the final payment is made. 16 17 2. Submit three copies of each application for payment according to the schedule established in Owner/Contractor 18 Agreement. 19 20 3. With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's liens from subcontractors, sub-sub- contractors, 21 and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application. 22 23 4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers from every entity involved with 24 performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 25 26 5. Include insurance certificates, proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid, and evidence that claims have 27 been settled. 28 29 6. Include consent of surety to final payment on AIA Document G707 if bonding required by owner. 30 31 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 33 34 35 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) 36 37 38 END OF SECTION
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 20 00 - 4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM BIDDING PHASE ONLY
Project: Substitution Request No.: SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY RESTROOM REMODEL Note: This form must be received by the Architect ten days prior to the receipt of Bids
Date: To: OPN Architects, Inc. From: 391 North Broom Street Madison, WI 53703 [email protected] or www.opnarchitects.com
Specification Section No.: Specification Name: Page: Article/Paragraph:
Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer: Trade Name: Model No.: Phone No.: Installer: Web Address: Phone No.: History: New Product 2-5 years old 5-10 years old More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product:
Point-by-point comparative data attached - as required by the Architect for an equitable comparison.
Reason for not providing specified item:
Similar Installation: Project: Architect: Address: Owner: Date Installed:
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01 20 02 SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: No Yes, explain:
Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: ($ ) Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: No Yes Add/Deduct days.
Supporting Data Attached:
Product Data Drawings Tests Reports Samples
The undersigned certifies that the following paragraphs, unless modified by attachment, are correct: • Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. • Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable is available. • Proposed substitution will be affect or delay Progress Schedule. • Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. • Payment will be made for changes to building design, including architectural or engineering design, detailing, and construction costs. • Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitutions will be complete in all respects.
Submitted by: Signature: Firm: Address:
Date: Telephone: Attachments:
ARCHITECT’S REVIEW AND ACTION Substitution Approved. Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 60 00. Substitution Approved as noted. Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 60 00. Substitution Rejected. Does not comply with Section 01 60 00 for Substitution Procedures. Use specified materials. Substitution Rejected. Is not equal to specified materials as evaluated by the Architect. Use specified materials.
Signed by: Date:
Additional Comments:
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 01 20 02 SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 01 30 00 2 3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 4 5 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 7 8 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 9 10 The Contractor shall schedule and conduct progress meetings at Project site at biweekly intervals: 11 12 Notify Owner and Architect of meeting dates and times. 13 14 Require attendance of each subcontractor or other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, 15 coordination, or performance of future activities. 16 17 The Contractor shall author, manage, and issue a construction schedule at the first progress meeting, and issue schedule 18 updates at each sequential progress meeting. 19 20 The Contractor shall record minutes and distribute to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect. 21 22 Progress meetings shall be held at the Library. Contractor will reserve a meeting space within the Library as pre-arranged with 23 Library staff. 24 25 The Contractor shall coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient 26 and orderly installation of each part of the Work. 27 28 29 ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 30 31 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing submittals for review of all contractors and sub-contractors as designated in 32 the construction documents. 33 34 Shop drawing and product data submittals shall be transmitted to Architect in electronic (PDF) format utilizing the General 35 Contractor’s Project Management website. 36 37 The intent of electronic submittals is to expedite the construction process by reducing paperwork, improving information flow, 38 and decreasing turnaround time. 39 40 The Contractor shall include costs of any Project Management website software or service subscription in their proposal to be 41 included in the Contract Amount. 42 43 Subcontractors and Suppliers shall provide electronic (PDF) submittals to Contractor via the Project Management website. 44 Contractor shall review and apply electronic stamp certifying that the submittal complies with the requirements of the Contract 45 Documents including verification of manufacturer / product, dimensions and coordination of information with other parts of 46 the work. 47 48 Contractor shall transmit each submittal to Architect using the Contractor’s Project Management website. 49 50 Architect / Engineer review comments will be made available on the Project Management website for downloading. Contractor 51 will receive email notice of completed review. 52 53 Distribution of reviewed submittals to subcontractors and suppliers is the responsibility of the Contractor. 54 55 Requests for Information (RFIs): The Contractor on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the 56 Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI. Use AIA Document G716. 57 58
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 2 3 A complete submittal will include all information associated with the product or equipment as presented in plans, equipment 4 tables, and specifications. Information shall include but not be limited to the following: 5 1. Dimensional data 6 2. Performance data 7 3. Resource requirements, power, water, waste, etc 8 4. Clearance and maintenance requirements 9 5. Finish information, colors, textures, etc. 10 6. Warranty information 11 12 Where a submittal includes material samples (carpet, tile, paint draw downs, etc.) the contractor shall do the following: 13 1. The Contractor shall submit the sample(s) to the Architect as indicated in the specification. 14 2. The Contractor shall include a quality photograph(s) of the product with the digital submittal. Photographs shall 15 meet the following requirements: 16 a. Formatted to be between 500Kb and 1.0 Mb in file size 17 b. Have no glare or flash reflection on the sample 18 c. Sample fills the frame of the photo and shows detail as needed. Include multiple photos from other angles as 19 needed. 20 d. Scanned copies of products or photos are not acceptable. 21 22 Uploaded submittals should be relative and related to a specific written specification. 23 1. Do not upload submittals under a broad category or division (I.E. HVAC 23 00 00). Always upload by the specific 24 specification that identifies a required product or performance to be met. 25 2. Group related items together if the specification is written that way. (I.E. all of the plumbing fixtures and trim 26 relative to one specific specification should be submitted together). 27 28 29 PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 30 31 32 PART 3 - EXECUTION 33 34 CONTRACTORS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 35 36 All required submittals will be submitted electronically by the Contractor. Attach all documentation as described above. 37 Submit samples under separate cover to the Architect when necessary. 38 39 Uploading the submittal indicates that the Contractor has reviewed and approved the submittal against the contract document 40 requirements. 41 42 The Contractor shall discuss submittal status at all progress meetings and shall monitor submittal review/approval/re-submittal 43 so as to not incur delays in the project schedule. 44 45 The Contractor and sub-contractors shall provide re-submittals as required. 46 47 ARCHITECTS SUBMITTAL REVIEW 48 49 Architect / Engineer review comments will be made available on the Submittal Exchange website for downloading. Contractor 50 will receive email notice of completed review. 51 52 The Architect shall review all internal review comments, confer with the Owner as needed and determine the appropriate 53 disposition status for the submittal (approved or resubmit). 54 55 The Architect shall summarize final internal review comments onto the submittal cover sheet, provide a final disposition of the 56 submittal and update the review status of the submittal to “Complete…” (with or w/o comments) or “Rejected”. 57 58
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 2 3 The Contractor shall author, manage, and distribute schedule. The Contractor shall work closely with the Architect & Authorities 4 having jurisdiction to coordinate schedules and work activities. The Contractors activities shall be implemented to the 5 Construction Schedule. 6 7 Updating: At weekly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule at time of 8 each regularly scheduled progress meeting. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity. 9 10 Distribute copies of approved schedule to Owner, Architect, subcontractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and parties 11 identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to 12 the same parties. 13 14 15 END OF SECTION 16
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 - 3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 30 00 - 4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 01 40 00 2 3 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 4 5 6 PART 1- GENERAL 7 8 Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. 9 10 These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 11 12 Testing and inspecting services shall be performed by independent testing agencies. 13 14 Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting 15 requirements, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision. 16 17 Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum. The actual 18 installation may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. Indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as 19 appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision. 20 21 Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 22 23 Date of issue. 24 25 Project title and number. 26 27 Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 28 29 Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 30 31 Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 32 33 Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 34 35 Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 36 37 Complete test or inspection data, test and inspection results, interpretation of test results, and comments or 38 professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract. 39 40 Document requirements. 41 42 Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 43 44 Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting. 45 46 Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, 47 notices, receipts for fee payments, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on 48 performance of the Work. 49 50 Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting 51 indicated; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 52 53 Retesting/Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality- 54 control services, including retesting and re-inspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the 55 Contract Documents. 56 57 Associated Services: Cooperate with testing agencies and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Provide the 58 following:
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 2 Access to the Work. 3 4 Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 5 6 Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in 7 obtaining samples. 8 9 Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 10 11 Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment. 12 13 Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a 14 minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 15 16 Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. 17 18 19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 20 21 22 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) 23 24 25 END OF SECTION
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 40 00 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 01 50 00 2 3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 4 5 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 7 8 SECTION REQUIREMENTS 9 10 Contractor shall be responsible provisions of this section as it pertains to their work. 11 12 Water and Electric Power: Available from Owner's existing system without metering and without payment of use charges. 13 14 Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. 15 16 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 19 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 20 21 Coordinate and approve with Owner an existing Library space as a designated field office. 22 23 Provide storage enclosures, and other support facilities as necessary for construction operations within areas approved by the 24 Owner. 25 26 Provide refuse and recycling containers/dumpsters as necessary for construction waste within areas approved by the Owner. 27 Use of City recycling containers/dumpers will not be permitted. 28 29 EQUIPMENT 30 31 Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. 32 33 34 PART 3 - EXECUTION 35 36 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION 37 38 Sanitary Facilities: Contractor shall use existing Library toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures for the duration of the 39 Work. Coordinate facility location and allowable periods of use with Library staff. 40 41 Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 42 43 Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required for curing or drying of completed installations or for 44 protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not 45 have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. 46 47 48 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION 49 50 Install project identification and other signs in locations approved by Owner to inform the public and per- sons seeking entrance 51 to Project. 52 53 Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. 54 Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. See Section 02 41 19 Selective Demolition. 55 56 57 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION 58
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 00 50 00 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental 2 regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 3 4 Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally 5 adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. 6 7 Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other 8 construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weather tight enclosure for building exterior. 9 10 11 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL 12 13 Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary 14 facilities to essential and intended uses. 15 16 Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent 17 facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. 18 19 20 END OF SECTION
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 00 50 00 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 01 60 00 2 3 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 4 5 6 PART 1 – GENERAL 7 8 SUMMARY 9 10 The purpose of this specification is to provide general guidelines and responsibilities related to the receiving, handling, and 11 storage of all materials and products from arrival on the job site through installation. 12 Immediate inspection of delivered goods means a timely replacement if damaged. 13 Proper storage helps prevent damage and loss by weather, vandalism, theft, and job site accidents. 14 Proper storage helps with job site performance and safety. 15 Proper handling helps prevent damage and job site accidents. 16 17 The Contractor shall be directly responsible for the receiving, handling, and storage of all materials and products associated 18 with the Work of their Division or Trade. 19 20 No material shall be stored outdoors on the project site. 21 22 23 QUALITY ASSURANCE 24 25 The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that these minimum storage and handling requirements are met by all 26 contractors on the project including but not limited to the following: 27 Receiving deliveries of materials, products, and equipment. 28 Inspect all deliveries upon arrival for damage, completeness, and compliance with the construction documents. 29 Deliveries shall remain in original packaging or crates, shipping manifest shall be kept with the delivery and the 30 packaging shall have visible identification of the items within the packaging. 31 Immediately report any damaged products or equipment to the Contractor, begin arrangements for immediate 32 replacement. 33 Materials or equipment that have been damaged, are incomplete, or do not comply with the construction documents 34 shall not be permitted to be installed. 35 36 All materials and products shall be stored within the designated limits of the project. Only store the amount of material 37 necessary for upcoming operations so as not to interfere with other construction activities and access to Work by the Owner 38 and Architect. Any offsite storage shall be at the expense of the contractor storing the material or product. All offsite storage 39 requirements shall comply with this specification. 40 41 All materials and products shall be stored according the manufacturers minimum recommended requirements. All of the 42 following shall be considered before storing any product or material: 43 Dust and dirt 44 Moisture and humidity, including rain and snow 45 Excessive temperatures, direct sun, etc. 46 Product or material weight and size 47 Potential for breakage 48 Product incompatibility with other products such as corrosiveness, chemical reactions, flammability, etc. 49 Product or material value and replacement cost. 50 51 The Contractor shall inspect the job site daily to ensure that all products and materials stay weather tight and are secured 52 against vandalism or theft as required by this specification. 53 54 The Owners Representative may at any time request improvements regarding storage of any material or product being 55 provided under these construction documents. 56 57
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED 2 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 5 GENERAL CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS 6 7 Designated material and storage and handling areas shall not be located so as to interfere with the installation of any Work 8 including Work by others such as the installation of utilities or the maintenance of existing utilities. This shall include not 9 storing items in active utility easements as designated by the site plan. 10 11 Arrange for openings in the building as needed to allow delivery and installation of large items. Openings shall be appropriately 12 sized to include the use of booms, slings, and other such lifting devices that may be larger than the item being installed. 13 14 Repeated moving and handling of items being stored shall not be allowed. The GC shall be responsible for any damage and 15 replacement because of mishandling or excessive handling. 16 17 18 OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED EQUIPMENT (OFCI) 19 20 The Contractor responsible for the installation of Work associated with Owner provided materials or products shall “take 21 ownership” and provide safe and secure storage and handling as previously described within this specification. 22 23 The Contractor shall be liable for the repair or replacement of any material or product damaged after taking ownership of the 24 product from receipt through final acceptance. 25 26 27 END OF SECTION
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 60 00 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 01 70 00 2 3 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 4 5 6 PART 1 – GENERAL 7 8 SUMMARY 9 10 Throughout the execution of this contract Contractors shall be responsible for maintaining the project site in a standard of 11 cleanliness as described in this section as Progress Cleaning, as well as Final Cleaning. 12 13 Construction closeout is related to closing out all Work associated with the construction documents. It shall be the 14 responsibility of the Contractor to be fully aware of the required Work and closeout requirements involved in their individual 15 trades. 16 17 Contract closeout is related to closing out all administrative aspects of the contract in general. It shall be the responsibility of 18 the Contractor to be fully aware of the administrative requirements required by the contract and to provide the supporting 19 documentation required. 20 21 Construction Closeout must be completed before Contract Closeout can begin. 22 23 DEFINITIONS 24 25 Substantial Completion: That condition which occurs when the Owner accepts the certification of the Architect that 26 construction is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Project may be occupied for the 27 use for which it is intended. 28 29 Compliance Statement: A signed Compliance Statement, State of Wisconsin Department of Safety and Professional Services 30 (DSPS) Form SBD-9720, shall be prepared by the Architect upon Substantial Completion and submitted to DSPS, necessary to 31 finalize plan review requirements. This completed form indicates that all Work has been completed to a level that would allow 32 Owner Occupancy and that all construction is in compliance with the construction documents. This form does not represent 33 construction closeout. 34 35 Certificate of Occupancy: The Regulatory release from the City’s Building Inspection Department indicating that all regulatory 36 requirements and inspections have been completed and the building may now be occupied for its intended use. This certificate 37 does not represent construction closeout. 38 39 Construction Closeout: The point in the contract where all contractual requirements associated the execution of the Work as 40 described in the plans, specifications, and other documents have been successfully met and the items defined above have been 41 completed. 42 43 Final Progress Payment: The progress payment associated with achieving Construction closeout as defined above. At this point 44 the contractor may request all monies associated with the contract be paid with the exception of held retainage. 45 46 Contract Closeout: The point in the contract where all requirements associated with Project Agreement have been successfully 47 met. 48 49 Final Payment: The final contract payment submittal that may be approved by the City after all contractual requirements of 50 Project Agreement have been met and any remaining monies (retainage) due to the contractor may be released for the Final 51 Payment. 52 53 Warranty: A written guarantee from the manufacturer to the owner on the integrity of a product and its installation, and the 54 manufacturers’ responsibility to repair or replace the defective product or components within a specified time from the date of 55 ownership. Warranty may also be used interchangeably with Guarantee. The following warranty types may be part of any 56 specification within the Work associated with the Construction Documents: 57 1. Expressed Warranty: A warranty that provides specific repair or replacement for covered components of a product 58 over a specified length of time.
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 2. Implied Warranty: A warranty that is not stated explicitly by a seller or manufacturer that the product is 2 merchantable and fit for the intended purpose. 3 3. Standard Product Warranty: Preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular 4 products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner. Standard warranties may be for any 5 amount of time but shall not be for anything less than one (1) year from the warranty date. 6 4. Special Warranty: A written warranty required by the Contract Documents either to extend the time limit provided 7 under a standard warranty or to provide greater rights to the Owner. 8 9 10 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 11 12 The Contractor shall be responsible for all of the following: 13 Consolidating all the closeout lists into one master Construction Closeout Checklist. The checklist shall be in a tabular 14 data format. 15 Resubmit the checklist as needed after initial reviews have been completed. 16 17 The Contractor shall work with all contractors to amend the Construction Closeout Checklist throughout the execution of the 18 project based on changes and modifications as necessary. 19 20 Record Drawings: Maintain a set of prints of the Contract Drawings as record Drawings. Mark to show actual installation where 21 installation varies from that shown originally. 22 23 Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 24 25 Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit one hard copy and one electronic of manual. Organize data into three-ring binders 26 with identification on front and spine of each binder, and envelopes for folded drawings. Include the following: 27 28 1. Manufacturer's operation and maintenance documentation. 29 2. Maintenance and service schedules. 30 3. Maintenance service contracts. 31 4. Emergency instructions. 32 5. Spare parts list. 33 6. Wiring diagrams. 34 7. Copies of warranties. 35 36 37 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 38 39 40 PART 3 - EXECUTION 41 42 PROGRESS CLEANING 43 44 Daily cleaning shall be conducted in all areas which remain open to the public during construction and the required cleaning is a 45 direct result of any Work under the contract. 46 47 Weekly cleaning shall be conducted by all contractors as designated by the Contractor. Weekly cleanings shall include all the 48 above for a daily cleaning and other necessary cleaning as designated by the Contractor. 49 50 51 FINAL CLEANING 52 53 Final Cleaning shall not be conducted prior to requesting the 90% contract total progress payment. 54 55 For the purposes of this section “clean” shall be defined as a level of cleanliness generally provided by skilled cleaners using 56 commercial quality building maintenance equipment and materials. 57
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 Cleaning shall include but not be limited to the following: 2 1. Remove all labels, stickers, tags, and other such items which are not required by code as permanent labels. 3 2. All interior glazing surfaces, including mirrors, have been professionally cleaned and are free of dust and streaking. 4 3. All interior surfaces have been cleaned of excess materials such as paint, sealants, etc and have been wiped free of 5 dust. 6 4. Interior metals, fixtures, and trim have been cleaned free of dust and oily residues 7 5. Carpet flooring has been thoroughly cleaned; vacuumed free of dust, excess glues and other stains removed per 8 manufacturers use and care instructions. 9 6. Resilient flooring has been thoroughly cleaned; vacuumed free of dust, excess glues and other stains removed, 10 mopped and buffed per manufacturers use and care instructions. 11 7. Interior non-occupied concrete floors shall be broom cleaned, vacuumed free of dust, excess glues and other stains 12 removed per manufacturers use and care instructions. 13 8. Light fixtures, lamps, diffusers and other such items have been dusted and cleaned as necessary. 14 15 The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that any contractor returning to the project site for completion or correction 16 work has re-cleaned and restored the area to the levels described above upon completion of the work 17 18 19 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) DATA SUBMITTALS 20 21 O&M Data shall be provided in digital PDF format as follows: 22 Files shall be complete useable editions of PDF documents as provided by any of the following: 23 1. Product manufacturer 24 2. Supplier of product 25 3. Product manufacturer internet site 26 27 O&M Data Draft submittals will be reviewed for content, procedure, and compliance only. A general critique with 28 recommendations for improvement will be made but re-submittals will not be required. 29 30 O&M Data Final submittals will be reviewed for content, procedure, and compliance. Re-submittals will be required until such 31 time as each submittal is accepted. 32 33 NOTE: Acceptance of O&M Data Final submittals is required to be complete prior to scheduling and conducting owner related 34 training and construction closeout. 35 36 37 WARRANTIES 38 39 All warranties as described in this specification and these Contract Documents shall take effect on the date of the 40 Certificate of Substantial Completion signed by the Owner. 41 42 All warranties shall remain in effect for one (1) year thereafter unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents 43 or where standard manufacturer warranties are greater. 44 45 The Contractor’s warranty with respect to Work repaired or replaced, including restored or replaced Work due to damage, will 46 run for one (1) year from the date of Owner Acceptance of said repair or replacement. 47 48 Standard Product Warranty: 49 Contractors shall be responsible for collecting and providing copies of all standard product warranties for 50 commercially available products purchased and installed under this contract. 51 52 Provide the manufacturers certificate, letter, or other standard documentation for each Standard Product Warranty 53 submitted in PDF format. 54 55 Provide with each Operation and Maintenance Manual a complete copy of any associated warranty. 56 57 58
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 CONSTRUCTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE 2 3 Upon successful completion and final acceptance of all Construction Closeout Requirements the Contractor may submit to the 4 Owner and Architect the request for Final Progress Payment (100% contract total, less retainage). 5 6 The Architect will confirm with the design consultants, Owner, and other City staff that all requirements of the Work have been 7 completed and will do the following: 8 Approve the final progress payment application. 9 10 Provide the required signed payment documents to the Owner. 11 12 Provide the required Substantial Compliance form to the following as required by the State of Wisconsin DSPS, with 13 copies provided to the City Building Inspection office, the Contractor, and the Owner. 14 15 The Contractor and all subcontractors shall finalize all warranty letters associated with their Work using the date noted on the 16 Substantial Completion Form, and provide the Owner with all warranties. 17 Upon receipt and final approval of the Warranties the Owner may initiate final processing of the Final Progress Payment (100% 18 contract total, less retainage). 19 20 21 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 22 23 The Contractor and all sub-contractors shall follow all requirements associated with documenting contract compliance and 24 provide documentation as required or requested by Owner or Architect. 25 26 27 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE 28 29 The Contract Closeout Procedure will not begin until the Construction Closeout Procedure has been completed. 30 31 When the Contractor feels he/she has successfully met all Contract Closeout Requirements associated the Contractor, he/she 32 may submit to the request for Final Payment to the Owner. 33 34 The Owner shall sign and submit the Final Payment request for processing. 35 36 The Contract shall be notified by Owner of any documentation that may still be missing, have incomplete information, or other 37 outstanding issues. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to continue follow-up with the Owner until all documentation 38 has been successfully submitted and accepted. 39 40 When all required documentation associated with Contract Closeout has been successfully submitted and accepted by the 41 Owner, the Owner shall process the Final Payment of any remaining monies including retainage. 42 43 44 END OF SECTION
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 70 00 - 4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 02 41 19 2 3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 4 5 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 7 8 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS 9 10 Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so 11 Owner's operations will not be disrupted. 12 13 It is not expected that asbestos containing materials (ACM) will be encountered in the Work. If materials suspected of ACM are 14 encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Owner. 15 16 It is not expected that lead based paints and/or coatings will be encountered in the Work. If materials suspected of containing 17 lead contaminants are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Owner. 18 19 Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public. 20 21 Obtain required permits. 22 23 Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public 24 access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures. 25 26 Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices. 27 28 Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants. 29 30 Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit. 31 32 Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any 33 time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations. 34 35 Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit 36 access to their property. 37 38 Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Restroom Remodel. 39 40 Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. 41 42 Provide bracing and shoring. 43 44 45 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 46 47 48 PART 3 – EXECUTION 49 50 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS 51 52 Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only. 53 54 Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as indicated. 55 56 Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. 57 58 Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be apparent upon examination prior to
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 starting demolition. 2 3 Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work. 4 5 Remove items indicated on drawings. 6 7 Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, Telecommunications, and: Remove existing 8 systems and equipment as indicated. 9 10 Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components. 11 12 Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in 13 service until new systems are complete and ready for service. 14 15 Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of 16 supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification. 17 18 Protect existing work to remain. 19 20 Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary. 21 22 Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work. 23 24 Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. 25 26 Patch as specified for patching new work. 27 28 Promptly remove demolition waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them. Do not burn demolished materials. 29 See Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls. 30 31 Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by demolition operations. Return adjacent areas 32 to condition existing before demolition operations began. 33 34 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL 35 36 Comply with EPA regulations and hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with ANSI A10.6 37 and NFPA 241. 38 39 Remove debris, junk, and trash from site. 40 41 Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. 42 43 Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. 44 45 46 END OF SECTION 47
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 41 19 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 03 30 00 2 3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4 5 6 PART 1 GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 9 A. Floors and slabs on grade. 10 B. Concrete reinforcement. 11 C. Concrete curing. 12 13 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS 14 A. ACI 302.1R - Guide to Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; 2015. 15 B. ACI 308R - Guide to External Curing of Concrete; 2016. 16 C. ASTM C1602/C1602M - Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of Hydraulic Cement 17 Concrete; 2012. 18 D. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2016, with Editorial Revision (2016). 19 E. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2018. 20 F. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2018. 21 G. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2018. 22 H. ASTM C1116/C1116M - Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete; 2010a (Reapproved 2015). 23 24 1.03 SUBMITTALS 25 A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 26 B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified 27 requirements and installation instructions. 28 C. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix design. 29 1. Indicate proposed mix design complies with fiber reinforcing manufacturer's written recommendations. 30 31 32 PART 2 PRODUCTS 33 34 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS 35 A. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I - Normal Portland type. 36 B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M. 37 C. Water: ASTM C1602/C1602M; clean, potable, and not detrimental to concrete. 38 D. Blended Fiber Reinforcement: ASTM C1116/C1116M, engineered blend of two or more sizes of reinforcing fibers. 39 1. Fiber Type: Alkali-resistant synthetic. 40 41 2.02 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN 42 A. Fiber Reinforcement: Add to mix at rate of 1.5 pounds per cubic yard, or as recommended by manufacturer for 43 specific project conditions. 44 B. Normal Weight Concrete Slab on Grade: 45 1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: 4,000 pounds per 46 square inch. 47 2. Water-Cement Ratio: Maximum 40 percent by weight. 48 3. Maximum Aggregate Size: 5/8 inch. 49 50 2.03 MIXING 51 A. Adding Water: If concrete arrives on-site with slump less than suitable for placement, do not add water that 52 exceeds the maximum water-cement ratio or exceeds the maximum permissible slump. 53 54 55 PART 3 EXECUTION 56 57 3.01 PLACING CONCRETE 58 A. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1R.
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 B. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. 2 C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be 3 disturbed during concrete placement. 4 D. Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below. 5 6 3.02 FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCES 7 A. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 8 1. Exposed Concrete Floors: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 9 2. Under Seamless Resilient Flooring: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 10 3. Under Carpeting: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 11 B. Correct the slab surface if tolerances are less than specified. 12 C. Correct defects by grinding or by removal and replacement of the defective work. Areas requiring corrective work 13 will be identified. Re-measure corrected areas by the same process. 14 15 3.03 CONCRETE FINISHING 16 A. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1R, and as follows: 17 1. Other Surfaces to Be Left Exposed: Trowel as described in ACI 302.1R, minimizing burnish marks and other 18 appearance defects. 19 B. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains at 1:100 nominal. 20 21 3.04 CURING AND PROTECTION 22 A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, 23 excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. 24 B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration 25 of cement and hardening of concrete. 26 27 3.05 PROTECTION 28 A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected concrete floor surface until fully cured. 29 30 31 END OF SECTION
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 06 10 00 2 3 ROUGH CARPENTRY 4 5 6 PART 1 GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 9 A. Fire retardant treated wood materials. 10 B. Concealed wood blocking, nailers, and supports. 11 12 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS 13 A. ANSI A208.1 - American National Standard for Particleboard; 2009. 14 B. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2018b. 15 C. AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; 2017. 16 D. PS 1 - Structural Plywood; 2009. 17 E. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2015. 18 19 1.03 SUBMITTALS 20 A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 21 B. Product Data: Provide technical data on fire retardant treated wood. 22 23 24 PART 2 PRODUCTS 25 26 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 27 A. All wood materials used for rough carpentry blocking, nailers and supports shall Fire-retardant treated wood 28 dimensional lumber complying with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 29 30 2.02 CONSTRUCTION PANELS 31 A. Wall Sheathing: Plywood, PS 1, Grade C-D, Exposure I. 32 B. Wall Sheathing: Particleboard, ANSI A208.1, Grade M-3 EXTERIOR GLUE. 33 34 2.03 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT 35 A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category System for wood treatments 36 determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specific applications. 37 1. Fire-Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp indicating compliance with 38 specified requirements. 39 2. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC-accredited testing 40 agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. 41 B. Fire Retardant Treatment: 42 1. Interior Type A: AWPA U1, Use Category UCFA, Commodity Specification H, low temperature (low 43 hygroscopic) type, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame 44 spread index of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant combustion 45 when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes. 46 47 48 PART 3 EXECUTION 49 50 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL 51 A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. 52 B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, 53 including: shims, bracing, and blocking. 54 C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation 55 sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. 56
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 3.02 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS 2 A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and 3 trim. 4 5 3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS 6 A. Wall Sheathing: Secure with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over firm bearing and 7 staggered, using nails, screws, or staples. 8 9 10 END OF SECTION
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 10 00 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 06 20 00 2 3 FINISH CARPENTRY 4 5 6 PART 1 GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 9 A. Finish carpentry items. 10 B. Wood casings and moldings. 11 12 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 13 A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Support framing, grounds, and concealed blocking. 14 B. Section 08 14 33 - Stile and Rail Wood Doors. 15 C. Section 09 30 00 - Tiling: Sealant between tile and wood casings and moldings. 16 D. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting: Transparent Finish on Wood. 17 18 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 19 A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2014, with Errata (2016). 20 B. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version 3.1; 2016, with Errata 21 (2017). 22 C. BHMA A156.9 - American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware; 2015. 23 D. GSA CID A-A-1936 - Adhesive, Contact, Neoprene Rubber; 1996a (Validated 2013). 24 E. HPVA HP-1 - American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood; 2016. 25 F. NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. 26 G. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard; 2015. 27 28 1.04 SUBMITTALS 29 A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. 30 B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods, jointing details, and accessories. 31 1. Provide the information required by AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS). 32 C. Samples: Submit two samples of wood trim six (6) inch long. 33 34 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 35 A. Store finish carpentry items under cover, elevated above grade, and in a dry, well-ventilated area not exposed to 36 heat or sunlight. 37 B. Protect from moisture damage. 38 C. Handle materials and products to prevent damage to edges, ends, or surfaces. 39 40 41 PART 2 PRODUCTS 42 43 2.01 FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS 44 A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless 45 noted otherwise. 46 B. Interior Woodwork Items: 47 1. Door Frames, Casings, Bases, and Miscellaneous Trim as indicated on Drawings. Match existing wood 48 species, cut and finish. 49 50 2.03 FASTENINGS 51 A. Fasteners: Of size and type to suit application. 52 53 2.04 HARDWARE 54 A. Hardware: Comply with BHMA A156.9. 55 B. Standard Shelf, Countertop, and Workstation Brackets: 56 1. Refer to Drawings. 57
FINISH CARPENTRY 06 20 00 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 2.05 FABRICATION 2 A. Shop assemble work for delivery to site, permitting passage through building openings. 3 B. Cap exposed plastic laminate finish edges with material of same finish and pattern. 4 C. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing 5 and site cutting. Paint all cut edges. 6 D. Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints 7 hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. Slightly bevel arises. Locate counter butt joints minimum 2 feet from 8 sink cut-outs. 9 10 11 PART 3 EXECUTION 12 13 3.01 INSTALLATION 14 A. Install custom fabrications in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) requirements for 15 grade indicated. 16 B. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level. 17 C. Carefully scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay 18 trim to conceal larger gaps. 19 D. Install hardware, plumbing fixtures and restroom accessories in accordance with manufacturer's written 20 instructions. 21 22 23 END OF SECTION
FINISH CARPENTRY 06 20 00 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 06 41 00 2 3 ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 4 5 6 PART 1 GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 9 A. Specially fabricated cabinet units. 10 B. Countertops. 11 C. Hardware. 12 D. Preparation for installing utilities. 13 14 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 15 A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Support framing, grounds, and concealed blocking. 16 B. Section 09 30 00 - Tiling: Sealant between tile and countertops and casework. 17 C. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting: Field finishing of cabinet exterior. 18 19 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 20 A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2014, with Errata (2016). 21 B. AWI (QCP) - Quality Certification Program; current edition at www.awiqcp.org. 22 C. NEMA LD 3 - High-Pressure Decorative Laminates; 2005. 23 24 1.04 SUBMITTALS 25 A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 26 B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods, jointing details, and accessories. 27 1. Scale of Drawings: 1-1/2 inch to 1 foot, minimum. 28 C. Product Data: Provide data for hardware accessories. 29 D. Samples: Submit actual samples of architectural cabinet construction, minimum 12 inches square, illustrating 30 proposed cabinet, countertop, and shelf unit substrate and finish. 31 32 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 33 A. Protect units from moisture damage. 34 35 36 PART 2 PRODUCTS 37 38 2.01 CABINETS 39 A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless 40 noted otherwise. 41 B. Cabinets at Public Restrooms as indicated on Drawings: 42 43 2.02 LAMINATE MATERIALS 44 A. High Pressure Decorative Laminate (HPDL): NEMA LD 3, types as recommended for specific applications. 45 B. Provide specific types as indicated on the Drawings and laminate specifications on Drawing Sheet A601. 46 47 2.03 COUNTERTOPS 48 A. Basis-of-Design: Corian® Quartz by DuPont (formerly known as DuPont™ Zodiaq® Quartz Surface) ; 49 www.corianquartz.com. 50 1. Solid Quatz Material: Generally consisting of natural quartz particles, reacted monomers and resins, 51 pigments and various performance-enhancing additives manufactured as slabs of various specific calipers. 52 Quartz surface materials are solid, non-porous and homogeneous and exhibit strength, hardness and 53 durability. 54 2. Provide countertops complete with backsplashes of size shown on Drawings. Use undermount hardware for 55 undermount sink according to manufacturer's instructions. Coordinate bowl opening size and shape with sink 56 manufacture and fabricate opening to match sink profile. 57 3. Provide specific types as indicated on the Drawings and solid quartz material as specifications on Drawing 58 Sheet A601.
ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 06 41 00 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 2.04 HARDWARE 2 A. Refer to Drawings. 3 4 2.05 FABRICATION 5 A. Assembly: Shop assemble cabinets for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through 6 building openings. 7 B. Fitting: When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide 8 matching trim for scribing and site cutting. 9 C. Paint finish all exposed wood field cuts. 10 D. Plastic Laminate: Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit 11 corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. 12 E. Fabricate joints between components using manufacturer’s standard joint adhesive. Ensure joints are as 13 inconspicuous in appearance as possible and without voids. 14 G. Fasten back splash to countertops as recommended by manufacturer. 15 H. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures and restroom accessories per manufacturer's requirements. 16 17 18 PART 3 EXECUTION 19 20 3.01 INSTALLATION 21 A. Set and secure custom cabinets in place, assuring that they are rigid, plumb, and level. 22 B. Use fixture attachments in concealed locations for wall mounted components. 23 C. Use concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units. 24 D. Carefully scribe casework abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional 25 overlay trim for this purpose. 26 27 3.02 ADJUSTING 28 A. Adjust installed work. 29 B. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. 30 31 3.03 CLEANING 32 A. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings, and fixtures. 33 34 35 END OF SECTION 36
ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 06 41 00 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 07 92 00 2 3 JOINT SEALANTS 4 5 6 PART 1 GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 9 A. Nonsag gunnable joint sealants. 10 B. Restroom Remodel-provided field quality control. 11 12 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 13 A. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Sealing acoustical and sound-rated walls and ceilings. 14 B. Section 09 30 00 - Tiling: Sealant between tile and plumbing fixtures and at junctions with other materials and 15 changes in plane. 16 17 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 18 A. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants; 2017. 19 B. ASTM C919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications; 2012 (Reapproved 2017). 20 C. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2016. 21 22 1.04 SUBMITTALS 23 A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 24 B. Product Data for Sealants: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheets for each product to be used, that includes 25 the following. 26 1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, cure time, and color 27 availability. 28 2. List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product. 29 3. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which it is compatible. 30 4. Substrates the product should not be used on. 31 C. Color Cards for Selection: Where sealant color is not specified, submit manufacturer's color cards showing 32 standard colors available for selection. 33 34 35 PART 2 PRODUCTS 36 37 2.01 JOINT SEALANT APPLICATIONS 38 A. Interior Joints: Use non-sag polyurethane sealant, unless otherwise indicated. 39 1. Wall and Ceiling Joints in Non-Wet Areas: Acrylic emulsion latex sealant. 40 2. Joints between Fixtures in Wet Areas and Floors, Walls, and Ceilings: Mildew-resistant silicone sealant; 41 white. 42 3. In Sound-Rated Assemblies: Acrylic emulsion latex sealant. 43 4. Other Floor Joints: Self-leveling polyurethane "traffic-grade" sealant. 44 B. Interior Wet Areas: Bathrooms, restrooms, kitchens, food service areas, and food processing areas; fixtures in 45 wet areas include plumbing fixtures, food service equipment, countertops, cabinets, and other similar items. 46 C. Sound-Rated Assemblies: Walls and ceilings identified as "STC-rated", "sound-rated", or "acoustical". 47 48 2.02. NONSAG JOINT SEALANTS 49 A. Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single component, mildew resistant; not 50 expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 51 1. Color: White. 52 2. Products: 53 a. Dow Corning Corporation, 786 Mildew Resistant. 54 b. Pecora Corporation; 898NST Sanitary Silicone Sealant - Class 50: www.pecora.com. 55 c. Sika Corporation; Sikasil GP: www.usa-sika.com. 56 d. Tremco; Tremsil 200: www.tremcosealants.com. 57 3. Applications: 58 a. Interior joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. 59 b. Joints between counters and adjoining walls and floors at bathrooms, kitchens and other wet areas.
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 B. Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single or multi-component; not expected to 2 withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. 3 4. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces. 4 5. Manufacturers: 5 a. BASF; MasterSeal NP1/NP2. 6 b. Pecora Corporation; DynaTrol I-XL/DynaTrol II. 7 c. Sika Corporation; Sikaflex-1a/Sikaflex-2c: www.usa-sika.com. 8 d. Tremco; Vulkem 116/Dymeric 240: www.tremcosealants.com 9 6. Applications: 10 a. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of interior unit masonry and concrete walls and partitions. 11 b. Interior perimeter joints of exterior openings. 12 c. Joints between top of non-load bearing unit masonry walls and underside of cast-in-place 13 concrete slabs and beams. 14 15 2.03 SELF-LEVELING SEALANTS 16 D. Self-Leveling Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade P, Uses M and A; single or multi-component; 17 explicitly approved by manufacturer for traffic exposure; not expected to withstand continuous water 18 immersion . 19 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. 20 2. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range. 21 3. Products: 22 a. Pecora Coprporation, Urexpan NR-200: www.pecora.com 23 b. Sika Corporation; Sikaflex-1c SL: www.usa-sika.com. 24 c. Tremco Sealants; THC-900/THC-901: www.tremcosealants.com. 25 4. Applications: 26 a. Interior expansion, control, contraction, and isolation joints in horizontal traffic surfaces in 27 concrete, ceramic tile, dimension stone, dimension stone tile and brick, unless otherwise 28 specified in individual specification sections. 29 30 2.04 ACCESSORIES 31 E. Backer Rod: Cylindrical cellular foam rod with surface that sealant will not adhere to, compatible with 32 specific sealant used, and recommended by backing and sealant manufacturers for specific application. 33 F. Backing Tape: Self-adhesive polyethylene tape with surface that sealant will not adhere to and 34 recommended by tape and sealant manufacturers for specific application. 35 G. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application; non-staining. 36 37 38 PART 3 EXECUTION 39 40 3.01 INSTALLATION 41 A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material 42 installation instructions. 43 B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. 44 C. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. 45 D. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, and without getting sealant on 46 adjacent surfaces. 47 E. Nonsag Sealants: Tool surface concave, unless otherwise indicated; remove masking tape immediately after 48 tooling sealant surface. 49 50 51 END OF SECTION 52
JOINT SEALANTS 07 92 00 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 08 14 33 2 3 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 4 5 6 PART 1 GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 9 A. Full-Lite Stile and Rail Wood Doors. 10 11 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 12 A. Section 06 20 00 - Finish Carpentry: Wood door frames. 13 B. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware. 14 C. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting: Field finishing. 15 16 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 17 A. 16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials; current edition. 18 B. ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat-Strengthened and Fully Tempered Flat Glass; 2018. 19 C. ASTM C1172 - Standard Specification for Laminated Architectural Flat Glass; 2014. 20 D. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards; 2014, with Errata (2016). 21 E. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version 3.1; 2016, with Errata 22 (2017). 23 F. WDMA I.S. 6A - Interior Architectural Wood Stile and Rail Doors; 2013. 24 25 1.04 SUBMITTALS 26 A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 27 B. Product Data: Indicate stile and rail core materials and construction; veneer species, type and characteristics. 28 C. Shop Drawings: Illustrate door opening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings, undercuts required, special 29 beveling, special blocking for hardware, factory machining criteria, factory finishing criteria, identify cutouts for 30 glazing, louvers, and glazing. 31 32 33 PART 2 PRODUCTS 34 35 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 36 A. Stile and Rail Wood Doors: 37 1. Eggers Industries; Stile and Rail wood doors: www.eggersindustries.com. 38 2. Masonite Architectural; Aspiro Series Authentic Stile and Rail wood doors: www.masonitearchitectural.com. 39 3. Oshkosh Door Company, Stile and Rail wood doors: www.oshkoshdoor.com.. 40 41 2.02 DOORS 42 A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, Standard Duty performance, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or 43 AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless otherwise indicated. 44 B. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated; solid lumber construction; mortise and tenon joints; 45 Match existing doors - oak species and finish, as indicated on drawings. 46 47 2.03 DOOR AND PANEL FACINGS 48 A. Adhesive: Type I - Waterproof. 49 50 2.04 DOOR CONSTRUCTION 51 A. Vertical Exposed Edge of Stiles: Of same species as veneer facing. 52 B. Glazed Openings: Non-removable stops on non-secure side; sizes and configurations as indicated on drawings. 53 C. Factory install glazing in doors in compliance with quality standards specified, using manufacturer's standard 54 elastomeric glazing sealant. 55 56 2.05 FACTORY FINISHING 57 A. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 5 - Finishing for grade 58 specified and as follows:
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08 14 33 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 B. Factory finish doors in accordance with approved sample matching existing finishes. 2 3 2.06 ACCESSORIES 4 A. Wood door frames of matching species and finish. 5 B. Glazed Openings: 6 1. Laminated Safety Glass: Comply with 16 CFR 1201 test requirements for Category II. 7 C. Panel or Glass Retention Molding: Wood of same species as door facing, molded stop applied one-side, with 8 mitered corners; prepared for countersink style screws. 9 D. Door Hardware: As specified in Section 08 71 00. 10 11 12 PART 3 EXECUTION 13 14 3.01 INSTALLATION 15 A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standards. 16 B. Factory-Finished Doors: Do not field cut or trim; if fit or clearance is not correct, replace door. 17 C. Machine cut for hardware. 18 D. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. 19 20 3.02 ADJUSTING 21 A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. 22 23 3.03 SCHEDULE - SEE DRAWINGS 24 25 26 END OF SECTION
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08 14 33 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 08 71 00 2 3 DOOR HARDWARE 4 5 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 7 8 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 9 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 10 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 11 12 1.2 SUMMARY 13 A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for the following: 14 1. Swinging doors. 15 2. Other doors to the extent indicated. 16 B. Door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: 17 1. Mechanical door hardware. 18 2. Automatic operators. 19 3. Cylinders specified for doors in other sections. 20 C. Related Sections: 21 1. Division 08 Section “Flush Wood Doors”. 22 D. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 23 1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 24 2. ICC/IBC - International Building Code. 25 3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 26 4. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. 27 5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 28 6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 29 7. UL/ULC and CSA C22.2 – Standards for Automatic Door Operators Used on Fire and Smoke Barrier Doors 30 and Systems of Doors. 31 8. State Building Codes, Local Amendments. 32 E. Standards: All hardware specified herein shall comply with the following industry standards: 33 1. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards - A156 Series 34 2. UL10C – Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 35 36 1.3 SUBMITTALS 37 A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, 38 dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes. 39 B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of 40 door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, 41 frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 42 1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the 43 Hardware Schedule." 44 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete 45 designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as 46 in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as 47 the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission. 48 3. Content: Include the following information: 49 a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. 50 b. Manufacturer of each item. 51 c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. 52 d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and 53 frame schedule. 54 e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. 55 f. Mounting locations for door hardware. 56 g. Door and frame sizes and materials. 57 h. Warranty information for each product.
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where 2 approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the 3 Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by 4 door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule. 5 C. Keying Schedule: After a keying meeting with the owner has taken place prepare a separate keying schedule 6 detailing final instructions. Submit the keying schedule in electronic format. Include keying system explanation, 7 door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and special instructions. Owner must approve submitted 8 keying schedule prior to the ordering of permanent cylinders/cores. 9 D. Informational Submittals: 10 1. Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on evaluation of 11 comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency. 12 E. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item 13 comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Submittals. 14 15 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16 A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum 5 years of documented 17 experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and that have a 18 proven record of successful in-service performance. 19 B. Installer Qualifications: A minimum 3 years documented experience installing both standard and electrified door 20 hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in 21 construction with a record of successful in-service performance. 22 C. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors with a minimum 5 23 years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical hardware installations 24 comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory 25 direct distributor by the manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity. 26 Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available during the course of the 27 Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both standard and electromechanical door 28 hardware and keying. 29 D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware specified in this section from a single source 30 unless otherwise indicated. 31 1. Electrified modifications or enhancements made to a source manufacturer's product line by a secondary or 32 third party source will not be accepted. 33 E. Each unit to bear third party permanent label demonstrating compliance with the referenced standards. 34 F. Keying Conference: Conduct conference to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings." 35 Keying conference to incorporate the following criteria into the final keying schedule document: 36 1. Function of building, purpose of each area and degree of security required. 37 2. Plans for existing and future key system expansion. 38 3. Requirements for key control storage and software. 39 4. Installation of permanent keys, cylinder cores and software. 40 5. Address and requirements for delivery of keys. 41 G. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 42 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s), Installer(s), and Contractor(s) to 43 review proper methods and the procedures for receiving, handling, and installing door hardware. 44 1. Prior to installation of door hardware, conduct a project specific training meeting to instruct the installing 45 contractors' personnel on the proper installation and adjustment of their respective products. Product 46 training to be attended by installers of door hardware (including electromechanical hardware) for 47 aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors. Training will include the use of installation manuals, hardware 48 schedules, templates and physical product samples as required. 49 2. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing-in, power supply connections, and other preparatory work 50 performed by other trades. 51 3. Review sequence of operation narratives for each unique access controlled opening. 52 4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials. 53 5. Review the required inspecting, testing, commissioning, and demonstration procedures 54 H. At completion of installation, provide written documentation that components were applied to manufacturer's 55 instructions and recommendations and according to approved schedule. 56
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2 A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up and shelving for door hardware delivered to 3 Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or accessories at Project site without prior 4 authorization. 5 B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include 6 basic installation instructions with each item or package. 7 C. Deliver, as applicable, permanent keys, cylinders, cores, access control credentials, software and related 8 accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service. Instructions for delivery to the 9 Owner shall be established at the "Keying Conference". 10 11 1.6 COORDINATION 12 A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified 13 to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to 14 confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing hardware to comply with indicated 15 requirements. 16 B. Door and Frame Preparation: Doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced and pre-wired (if 17 applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring, signaling and access control system 18 hardware without additional in-field modifications. 19 20 1.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE 21 A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as 22 needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. 23 24 25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26 27 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE 28 A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in Door Hardware Sets and each 29 referenced section that products are to be supplied under. 30 B. Designations: Requirements for quantity, item, size, finish or color, grade, function, and other distinctive 31 qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Products 32 are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows: 33 1. Named Manufacturer's Products: Product designation and manufacturer are listed for each door hardware 34 type required for the purpose of establishing requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in the 35 Door Hardware Schedule. 36 C. Substitutions: Requests for substitution and product approval for inclusive mechanical and electromechanical 37 door hardware in compliance with the specifications must be submitted in writing and in accordance with the 38 procedures and time frames outlined in Division 01, Substitution Procedures. Approval of requests is at the 39 discretion of the architect, owner, and their designated consultants. 40 41 2.2 HANGING DEVICES 42 A. Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1 certified butt hinges with number of hinge knuckles and other options as specified in 43 the Door Hardware Sets. 44 1. Quantity: Provide the following hinge quantity: 45 a. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches. 46 b. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. 47 c. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches. 48 d. For doors with heights more than 120 inches, provide 4 hinges, plus 1 hinge for every 30 inches of 49 door height greater than 120 inches. 50 2. Hinge Size: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated, with hinge widths sized for door thickness and 51 clearances required: 52 a. Widths up to 3’0”: 4-1/2” standard or heavy weight as specified. 53 b. Sizes from 3’1” to 4’0”: 5” standard or heavy weight as specified. 54 3. Hinge Weight and Base Material: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 55 a. Exterior Doors: Heavy weight, non-ferrous, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless 56 Hardware Sets indicate standard weight. 57 b. Interior Doors: Standard weight, steel, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless 58 Hardware Sets indicate heavy weight.
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 3
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 4. Hinge Options: Comply with the following: 2 a. Non-removable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge 3 pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for the all out-swinging lockable doors. 4 5. Manufacturers: 5 a. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (MK) - TA Series. 6 7 2.3 DOOR OPERATING TRIM 8 A. Flush Bolts and Surface Bolts: ANSI/BHMA A156.3 and A156.16, Grade 1, certified. 9 1. Flush bolts to be furnished with top rod of sufficient length to allow bolt retraction device location 10 approximately six feet from the floor. 11 2. Furnish dust proof strikes for bottom bolts. 12 3. Surface bolts to be minimum 8” in length and U.L. listed for labeled fire doors and U.L. listed for windstorm 13 components where applicable. 14 4. Provide related accessories (mounting brackets, strikes, coordinators, etc.) as required for appropriate 15 installation and operation. 16 5. Manufacturers: 17 a. Door Controls International (DC). 18 b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). 19 c. Trimco (TC). 20 21 2.4 CYLINDERS AND KEYING 22 A. General: Cylinder manufacturer to have minimum (10) years experience designing secured master key systems 23 and have on record a published security keying system policy. 24 B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of keyed cylinder and keys from the same source manufacturer as locksets 25 and exit devices, unless otherwise indicated. 26 C. Cylinders: Original manufacturer cylinders complying with the following: 27 1. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and cams to suit hardware application. 28 2. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring. 29 3. Bored-Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks. 30 4. Mortise and rim cylinder collars to be solid and recessed to allow the cylinder face to be flush and be free 31 spinning with matching finishes. 32 5. Keyway: Match Facility Standard. 33 D. Keying System: Each type of lock and cylinders to be factory keyed. 34 1. Conduct specified "Keying Conference" to define and document keying system instructions and 35 requirements. 36 2. Furnish factory cut, nickel-silver large bow permanently inscribed with a visual key control number as 37 directed by Owner. 38 3. Existing System: Key locks to Owner's existing system. 39 E. Key Quantity: Provide the following minimum number of keys: 40 1. Change Keys per Cylinder: Two (2) 41 F. Key Registration List (Bitting List): 42 1. Provide keying transcript list to Owner's representative in the proper format for importing into key control 43 software. 44 2. Provide transcript list in writing or electronic file as directed by the Owner. 45 46 2.5 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES 47 A. Cylindrical Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1 certified. 48 1. Furnish with solid cast levers, standard 2 3/4” backset, and 1/2" (3/4" at rated paired openings) throw brass 49 or stainless steel latchbolt. 50 2. Locks are to be non-handed and fully field reversible. 51 3. Manufacturers: Stanley Best (BE) – 9K Series. 52 53 2.6 LOCK AND LATCH STRIKES 54 A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip 55 extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows: 56 1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. 57 2. Extra-Long-Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. 58 3. Aluminum-Frame Strike Box: Provide manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for aluminum framing.
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 4
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 4. Double-lipped strikes: For locks at double acting doors. Furnish with retractable stop for rescue hardware 2 applications. 3 B. Standards: Comply with the following: 4 1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13. 5 2. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2. 6 3. Strikes for Auxiliary Deadlocks: BHMA A156.36. 7 4. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A156.16. 8 9 2.7 DOOR CLOSERS 10 A. All door closers specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria: 11 1. General: Door closers to be from one manufacturer, matching in design and style, with the same type door 12 preparations and templates regardless of application or spring size. Closers to be non-handed with full sized 13 covers including installation and adjusting information on inside of cover. 14 2. Standards: Closers to comply with UL-10C for Positive Pressure Fire Test and be U.L. listed for use of fire 15 rated doors. 16 3. Cycle Testing: Provide closers which have surpassed 15 million cycles in a test witnessed and verified by UL. 17 4. Size of Units: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sizing of door closers depending on 18 size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Where closers are indicated for doors 19 required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide units complying with ANSI ICC/A117.1. 20 5. Closer Arms: Provide heavy duty, forged steel closer arms unless otherwise indicated in Hardware Sets. 21 6. 22 7. Closers shall not be installed on exterior or corridor side of doors; where possible install closers on door for 23 optimum aesthetics. 24 8. Closer Accessories: Provide door closer accessories including custom templates, special mounting brackets, 25 spacers and drop plates as required for proper installation. Provide through-bolt and security type fasteners 26 as specified in the hardware sets. 27 B. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1 surface mounted, heavy duty door 28 closers with complete spring power adjustment, sizes 1 thru 6; and fully operational adjustable according to door 29 size, frequency of use, and opening force. Closers to be rack and pinion type, one piece cast iron or aluminum 30 alloy body construction, with adjustable backcheck and separate non-critical valves for closing sweep and latch 31 speed control. Provide non-handed units standard. 32 1. Manufacturers: 33 a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) - DC6000 Series. 34 b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 1431 Series 35 c. Norton Door Controls (NO) - 7500 Series. 36 37 2.8 ELECTROHYDRAULIC DOOR OPERATORS 38 A. General: Provide low energy operators of size recommended by manufacturer for door size, weight, and 39 movement; for condition of exposure; and for compliance with UL 325. Coordinate operator mechanisms with 40 door operation, hinges, and activation devices. 41 1. Fire-Rated Doors: Provide door operators for fire-rated door assemblies that comply with NFPA 80 for fire- 42 rated door components and are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency. 43 B. Standard: Certified ANSI/BHMA A156.19. 44 C. Performance Requirements: 45 1. Opening Force if Power Fails: Not more than 15 lbf required to release a latch if provided, not more than 30 46 lbf required to manually set door in motion, and not more than 15 lbf required to fully open door. 47 2. Entrapment Protection: Not more than 15 lbf required to prevent stopped door from closing or opening. 48 D. Configuration: Surface mounted or in-ground as required. Door operators to control single swinging and pair of 49 swinging doors. 50 E. Operation: Power opening and spring closing operation capable of meeting ANSI A117.1 accessibility guideline. 51 Provide time delay for door to remain open before initiating closing cycle as required by ANSI/BHMA A156.19. 52 When not in automatic mode, door operator to function as manual door closer with fully adjustable opening and 53 closing forces, with or without electrical power. 54 F. Features: Operator units to have full feature adjustments for door opening and closing force and speed, 55 backcheck, motor assist acceleration from 0 to 30 seconds, time delay, vestibule interface delay, obstruction 56 recycle, and hold open time from 0 up to 30 seconds. 57 G. Provide outputs and relays on board the operator to allow for coordination of exit device latch retraction, 58 electric strikes, magnetic locks, card readers, safety and motion sensors and specified auxiliary contacts.
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 5
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 H. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard, fabricated from aluminum with nonferrous shims for 2 aligning system components. 3 I. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 4 1. Norton Door Controls (NO) - 6000 Series. 5 6 2.9 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS 7 A. General: Door stops and holders to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. 8 B. Door Stops and Bumpers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, Grade 1 certified door stops and wall bumpers. Provide wall 9 bumpers, either convex or concave types with anchorage as indicated, unless floor or other types of door stops 10 are specified in Hardware Sets. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall 11 bumpers are not appropriate, provide overhead type stops and holders. 12 1. Manufacturers: 13 a. Hiawatha, Inc. (HI). 14 b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). 15 c. Trimco (TC). 16 C. Overhead Door Stops and Holders: ANSI/BHMA A156.6, Grade 1 certified overhead stops and holders to be 17 surface or concealed types as indicated in Hardware Sets. Track, slide, arm and jamb bracket to be constructed of 18 extruded bronze and shock absorber spring of heavy tempered steel. Provide non-handed design with mounting 19 brackets as required for proper operation and function. 20 1. Manufacturers: 21 a. Rixson Door Controls (RF). 22 b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (RO). 23 c. Sargent Manufacturing (SA). 24 25 2.10 ARCHITECTURAL SEALS 26 A. General: Thresholds, weatherstripping, and gasket seals to be of type and design as specified below or in the 27 Hardware Sets. Provide continuous weatherstrip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound 28 gasketing on interior doors where indicated. At exterior applications provide non-corrosive fasteners and 29 elsewhere where indicated. 30 B. Smoke Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and 31 inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke control ratings indicated, based on 32 testing according to UL 1784. 33 C. Provide smoke labeled perimeter gasketing at all smoke labeled openings. 34 D. Fire Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and 35 inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing 36 according to UL-10C. 37 E. Provide intumescent seals as indicated to meet UL10C Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door 38 Assemblies, and NPFA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 39 F. Sound-Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency, for sound 40 ratings indicated. 41 G. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and 42 readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. 43 H. Manufacturers: 44 1. National Guard Products (NG). 45 2. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (PE). 46 3. Reese Enterprises, Inc. (RE). 47 48 2.11 FABRICATION 49 A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for 50 machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to manufacturers recognized installation 51 standards for application intended. 52 53 2.12 FINISHES 54 A. Standard: Designations used in the Hardware Sets and elsewhere indicate hardware finishes complying with 55 ANSI/BHMA A156.18, including coordination with traditional U.S. finishes indicated by certain manufacturers for 56 their products.
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 6
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other 2 qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for 3 the applicable units of hardware 4 C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective 5 covering before shipping. 6 7 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 9 10 3.1 EXAMINATION 11 A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation 12 tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting 13 performance. 14 B. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and 15 scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing. 16 17 3.2 PREPARATION 18 A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115 series. 19 B. Wood Doors: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115-W series. 20 21 3.3 INSTALLATION 22 A. Install each item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment to comply with 23 manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications. 24 1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and adjustment of 25 fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices; locking devices; closing devices; and seals. 26 B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless 27 specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: 28 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard 29 Steel Doors and Frames." 30 2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." 31 3. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 "Accessibility 32 Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities." 33 4. Provide blocking in drywall partitions where wall stops or other wall mounted hardware is located. 34 C. Retrofitting: Install door hardware to comply with manufacturer's published templates and written instructions. 35 Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted 36 or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with 37 finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been 38 completed on substrates involved. 39 D. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements 40 specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 41 E. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the 42 handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware 43 losses before and after installation. 44 45 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 46 A. Field Inspection: Supplier will perform a final inspection of installed door hardware and state in report whether 47 work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed, 48 operating and adjusted. 49 50 3.5 ADJUSTING 51 A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper 52 operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door 53 control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with 54 referenced accessibility requirements. 55 56 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 57 A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed hardware installed 58 on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all hardware at the latest possible time frame.
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 7
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. 2 C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that 3 ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of owner occupancy. 4 5 3.7 DEMONSTRATION 6 A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical and electromechanical 7 door hardware. 8 9 3.8 DOOR HARDWARE SETS 10 A. The hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect. They are a guideline 11 only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware and 12 missing items should be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding 13 process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional 14 hardware required for proper application and functionality. 15 B. The supplier is responsible for handing and sizing all products and providing the correct option for the 16 appropriate door type and material where more than one is presented in the hardware sets. Quantities listed are 17 for each pair of doors, or for each single door. 18 C. Manufacturer’s Abbreviations: 19 20 1. MK - McKinney 21 2. RO - Rockwood 22 3. BE - dormakaba Best 23 4. RF - Rixson 24 5. NO - Norton 25 6. OT - OTHER 26 27 28 Hardware Sets 29 30 Set: 1.0 31 Doors: 103.1, 104.1 32 33 1 Auto Door Operator 6011 / 6061 D 690 NO 34 2 Actuator Button 505 NO 35 1 Balance of Hardware by to Remain OT 36 37 Notes: Door normally closed and unlocked. 38 Pressing either actuator button opens door automatically. 39 Egress allowed at all times. 40 41 Set: 2.0 42 Doors: 178.1, 178.2 43 44 8 Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US10B MK 45 1 Flush Bolt 555 US10B RO 46 1 Dust Proof Strike 570 US10B RO 47 1 Entry Cylindrical Lock 9K37AB 14D 613 BE 48 2 Surface Overhead Holder/Stop 10-X46 690 RF 49 2 Silencer 608-RKW RO 50 51 Set: 3.0 52 Doors: 103.2, 104.2 53 54 1 Existing Hardware All to Remain 00 55 56 57 58
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 8
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 Set: 4.0 2 Doors: 182.1 3 4 1 Surface Closer (regular arm) 7500 690 NO 5 1 Existing Hardware All to Remain 00 6 7 Notes: Patch or fill any left-over holes from retrofitting new and existing hardware. 8 9 10 END OF SECTION 08 71 00 11
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 9
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00 - 10
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 09 21 16 2 3 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 4 5 6 PART 1 GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 9 A. Performance criteria for gypsum board assemblies. 10 B. Metal stud wall framing. 11 C. Metal channel ceiling framing. 12 D. Acoustic insulation. 13 E. Cementitious backing board. 14 F. Gypsum wallboard. 15 G. Joint treatment and accessories. 16 H. Textured finish system. 17 18 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 19 A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking product and execution requirements. 20 B. Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants: Sealing acoustical gaps in construction other than gypsum board or plaster work. 21 C. Section 09 30 00 - Tiling: Tile backing board. 22 23 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 24 A. AISI S100-12 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members; American 25 Iron and Steel Institute; 2012. 26 B. ANSI A108.11 - American National Standard Specifications for Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units; 27 2010 (Reaffirmed 2016). 28 C. ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board; 2015. 29 D. ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members; 2014, with Editorial Revision (2015). 30 E. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and 31 Manufactured Housing; 2017. 32 F. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum 33 Panel Products; 2017. 34 G. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; 2018b. 35 H. ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal 36 Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness; 2015. 37 I. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for Application of Gypsum Panel 38 Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs; 2016. 39 J. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board; 2017. 40 K. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building 41 Partitions and Elements; 2009 (Reapproved 2016). 42 L. ASTM E413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation; 2016. 43 M. GA-216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel Products; 2016. 44 45 1.04 SUBMITTALS 46 A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 47 B. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing system. 48 49 50 PART 2 PRODUCTS 51 52 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 53 A. Interior Partitions. 54 1. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216. 55 2. Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties 56 necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated. 57 3. Structural Performance Characteristics: Provide gypsum wallboard systems engineered to withstand the 58 following lateral design loadings (air pressures), applied transiently and cyclically, for maximum heights of
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 partitions required, within the following deflection limits verified by pre-testing for deflection 2 characteristics:1. Lateral Loading: 5 psf for interior partitions.2. Deflection Limit: 1/240 of partition height, 3 unless noted otherwise.3. Deflection Limit, Ceramic Tile Finish: 1/360 of partition height. 4 4. Shapes: 5 a. Studs: "C" shaped with flat or formed webs with knurled faces. 6 b. Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs. 7 c. Ceiling Channels: C-shaped. 8 9 B. Interior Partitions, Indicated as Acoustic: Provide completed assemblies with the following characteristics: 10 1. Acoustic Attenuation: STC of 45-49 calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, based on tests conducted in 11 accordance with ASTM E90. 12 13 2.03 BOARD MATERIALS 14 A. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper-faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in 15 place; ends square cut. 16 1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces and ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. 17 2. Thickness: As indicated on the Drawings. 18 B. Backing Board For Wet Areas: One of the following products: 19 1. Application: Surfaces behind tile in wet areas including as wall tile backing where wall tiling is indicated on 20 the Drawings. 21 C. Backing Board For Non-Wet Areas: Water-resistant gypsum backing board as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; 22 sizes to minimum joints in place; ends square cut. 23 1. Application: Vertical surfaces that do not receive tiling and/or as indicated.. 24 2. Edges: Tapered. 25 D. Ceiling Board: Special sag resistant gypsum ceiling board as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize 26 joints in place; ends square cut. 27 1. Application: Ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. 28 2. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 29 3. Edges: Tapered. 30 31 2.04 GYPSUM WALLBOARD ACCESSORIES 32 A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced. Thickness: 3 1/2 inch. 33 B. Acoustic Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex or water-based elastomeric sealant; do not use solvent-based non-curing 34 butyl sealant. 35 C. Joint Materials: ASTM C475/C475M and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. 36 D. Textured Finish Materials: Latex-based compound; plain. 37 E. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Cold-Formed Steel Studs Less than 0.033 inch in Thickness and 38 Wood Members: ASTM C1002; self-piercing tapping screws, corrosion resistant. 39 F. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Steel Members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch in Thickness: ASTM 40 C954; steel drill screws, corrosion resistant. 41 42 43 PART 3 EXECUTION 44 45 3.01 EXAMINATION 46 A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. 47 48 3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION 49 A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's instructions. 50 B. Suspended Ceilings and Soffits: Space framing and furring members as indicated. 51 C. Studs: Space studs as indicated. 52 1. Extend partition framing to structure where indicated and to ceiling in other locations. 53 2. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to ceiling track in accordance with 54 manufacturer's instructions. 55 56 3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION 57 A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical 58 items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2 3 3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION 4 A. Comply with ASTM C840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in 5 highly visible locations. 6 B. Cementitious Backing Board: Install over steel framing members where indicated, in accordance with ANSI A108.11 7 and manufacturer's instructions. 8 9 3.05 JOINT TREATMENT 10 A. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: 11 1. Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish or wall coverings, unless otherwise indicated. 12 B. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 13 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. 14 15 3.06 TEXTURE FINISH 16 A. Apply finish texture coating by means of spraying apparatus in accordance with manufacturer's instructions match 17 existing where paint is to be applied. 18 19 20 END OF SECTION 21
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 - 3
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE IINTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09 21 16 - 4
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 09 30 00 2 3 TILING 4 5 6 PART 1 GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 9 A. Tile for floor applications. 10 B. Tile for wall applications. 11 C. Non-ceramic trim. 12 13 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 14 A. Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints between tile work and adjacent construction and fixtures. 15 B. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Tile backer board. 16 17 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 18 A. ANSI A108/A118/A136 - American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile 19 (Compendium); 2017. 20 B. ANSI A108.1a - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method, 21 with Portland Cement Mortar; 2014. 22 C. ANSI A108.1b - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland 23 Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). 24 D. ANSI A108.1c - Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with 25 Portland Cement Mortar or Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Bed with Dry-Set or 26 Latex-Portland Cement; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). 27 E. ANSI A108.4 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Organic Adhesives or 28 Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 2009 (Revised). 29 F. ANSI A108.5 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland 30 Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). 31 G. ANSI A108.6 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, 32 Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). 33 H. ANSI A108.8 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant 34 Furan Resin Mortar and Grout; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). 35 I. ANSI A108.9 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile with Modified Epoxy 36 Emulsion Mortar/Grout; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). 37 J. ANSI A108.10 - American National Standard Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework; 1999 (Reaffirmed 38 2010). 39 K. ANSI A108.12 - American National Standard for Installation of Ceramic Tile with EGP (Exterior Glue Plywood) Latex- 40 Portland Cement Mortar; 1999 (Reaffirmed 2010). 41 L. ANSI A108.13 - American National Standard for Installation of Load Bearing, Bonded, Waterproof Membranes for 42 Thin-Set Ceramic Tile and Dimension Stone; 2005 (Reaffirmed 2010). 43 M. ANSI A118.3 - American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and - 44 Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive; 2013 (Revised). 45 N. ANSI A118.12 - American National Standard Specifications for Crack Isolation Membranes for Thin-Set Ceramic Tile 46 and Dimension Stone Installation; 2014. 47 O. ANSI A118.15 - American National Standard Specifications for Improved Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar; 2012. 48 P. ANSI A137.1 - American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile; 2012. 49 Q. ANSI A137.2 - American National Standard Specifications for Glass Tile; 2013. 50 R. ASTM F710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring; 2017. 51 S. TCNA (HB) - Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation; 2017. 52 53 1.04 SUBMITTALS 54 A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 55 B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' data sheets on tile, mortar, grout, and accessories. Include instructions for 56 using grouts and adhesives. 57 C. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile layout, patterns, color arrangement, perimeter conditions, junctions with dissimilar 58 materials, control and expansion joints, thresholds, ceramic accessories, and setting details.
TILING 09 30 00 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 2 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 4 5 2.01 TILE 6 A. Refer to Finish Specifications on Drawing Sheet A601. 7 8 2.02 TRIM AND ACCESSORIES 9 A. Non-Ceramic Trim: Schluter-Systems: www.schluter.com, profile and color as indicated on Drawing 10 Sheet A601 11 12 2.03 SETTING MATERIALS 13 A. Improved Latex-Portland Cement Mortar Bond Coat: ANSI A118.15. 14 1. Products: Basis-of-Design: 15 a. Bostik, Inc.; Professional Grade Ceramic Tile Mastic : www.bostik.com/us. 16 b. Substitutions: See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Procedurs - Submittal Requirements. 17 18 2.04 GROUTS 19 A. Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3 chemical resistant and water-cleanable epoxy grout. 20 1. Application and color as indicated on the Drawings. 21 2. Products: Basis-of-Design: 22 a. Bostik, Inc.; EzPoxyTM EzCleanTM : www.bostik.com/us. 23 24 2.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 25 A. Tile Sealant: Gunnable, silicone, siliconized acrylic, or urethane sealant; moisture and mildew resistant type. 26 1. Applications: Between tile and plumbing fixtures. 27 2. Products: 28 a. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE LATASIL: www.laticrete.com/#sle. 29 b. Substitutions: See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Procedurs - Submittal Requirements. 30 31 2.06 ACCESSORY MATERIALS 32 A. Concrete Floor Slab Crack Isolation Membrane: Material complying with ANSI A118.12; not intended as 33 waterproofing. Apply at floor cracks and/or joints. 34 1. Thickness: 20 mils, maximum. 35 2. Crack Resistance: No failure at 1/16 inch gap, minimum. 36 3. Products: Basis-of-Design: 37 a. LATICRETE International, Inc; LATICRETE Blue 92 Anti-Fracture Membrane: www.laticrete.com/#sle. 38 b. Substitutions: See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Procedurs - Submittal Requirements. 39 40 41 PART 3 EXECUTION 42 43 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL 44 A. Install tile, thresholds, and stair treads and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1a 45 through ANSI A108.13, manufacturer's instructions, and TCNA (HB) recommendations. 46 B. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. 47 C. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, leaving sealant joint space. Form corners and bases neatly. Align floor 48 joints. 49 D. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make grout joints without 50 voids, cracks, excess mortar or excess grout, or too little grout. 51 E. Form internal angles square and external angles bullnosed. 52 F. Install non-ceramic trim in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 53 G. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. 54 H. Keep control and expansion joints free of mortar, grout, and adhesive. 55 I. Prior to grouting, allow installation to completely cure; minimum of 48 hours. 56 J. Grout tile joints unless otherwise indicated. Use standard grout unless otherwise indicated. 57 K. At changes in plane and tile-to-tile control joints, use tile sealant instead of grout, with either bond breaker tape or 58 backer rod as appropriate to prevent three-sided bonding.
TILING 09 30 00 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 2 3.02 INSTALLATION - FLOORS - THIN-SET METHODS 3 A. Over interior concrete substrates, install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method F113, dry-set or latex-Portland 4 cement bond coat, with standard grout, unless otherwise indicated. 5 6 3.03 INSTALLATION - WALL TILE 7 A. Over cementitious backer board on studs, install in accordance with TCNA (HB) Method W244, using membrane at 8 toilet rooms. 9 10 11 END OF SECTION 12
TILING 09 30 00 - 3
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TILING 09 30 00 - 4
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 09 51 00 2 3 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 4 5 6 PART 1 GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 9 A. Suspended metal grid ceiling system. 10 B. Acoustical units. 11 C. Supplementary acoustical insulation above ceiling. 12 13 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 14 A. Section 21 13 00 - Fire-Suppression Sprinkler Systems: Sprinkler heads in ceiling system. 15 B. Section 23 37 00 - Air Outlets and Inlets: Air diffusion devices in ceiling. 16 C. Section 26 51 00 - Interior Lighting: Light fixtures in ceiling system. 17 D. Section 28 46 00 - Fire Detection and Alarm: Fire alarm components in ceiling system. 18 19 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 20 A. ASTM C635/C635M - Standard Specification for the Manufacture, Performance, and Testing of Metal Suspension 21 Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings; 2017. 22 B. ASTM C636/C636M - Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and 23 Lay-In Panels; 2013. 24 C. ASTM E580/E580M - Standard Practice for Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in 25 Panels in Areas Subject to Earthquake Ground Motions; 2017. 26 27 1.04 SUBMITTALS 28 A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 29 B. Samples: Submit two samples 4 x 4 inch minimum in size illustrating material and finish of acoustical units. 30 C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Restroom Remodel's use in maintenance of project. 31 1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 32 2. Extra Acoustical Units: Quantity equal to 5 percent of total installed. 33 34 35 PART 2 PRODUCTS 36 37 2.01 ACOUSTIC CEILING PANELS 38 A. Restrooms: 39 1. Acoustic Ceiling Panels: Basis-of-Design: Refer to Drawing Sheet A601 for acoustic ceiling tile and grid 40 specifications and Reflected Ceiling Plans.. 41 2. Suspension System: Basis-of-Design: Refer to Drawing Sheet A601 for acoustic ceiling tile and grid 42 specifications and Reflected Ceiling Plans. 43 a. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft annealed, with a yield stress load of at 44 least time three design load, but not less than 12 gauge. 45 B. Story Time Room: 46 1. Acoustic Ceiling Panels: Basis-of-Design: Refer to Drawing Sheet A601 for acoustic ceiling tile and grid 47 specifications and Reflected Ceiling Plans. 48 2. Suspension System: Basis-of-Design: Refer to Drawing Sheet A601 for acoustic ceiling tile and grid 49 specifications and Reflected Ceiling Plans. 50 a. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft annealed, with a yield stress load of at 51 least time three design load, but not less than 12 gauge. 52 53 2.02 ACCESSORIES 54 A. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit application, seismic requirements, and 55 ceiling system flatness requirement specified. 56 B. Perimeter Moldings: Same material and finish as grid. 57 58
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PART 3 EXECUTION 2 3 3.01 INSTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM 4 A. Rigidly secure system, including integral mechanical and electrical components, for maximum deflection of 1:360. 5 B. Install after major above-ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. 6 C. Hang suspension system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are 7 spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. 8 D. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers 9 and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. 10 E. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection 11 capability. 12 F. Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner, or support components 13 independently. 14 G. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. 15 H. Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at junctions with other interruptions. 16 1. Use longest practical lengths. 17 2. Overlap and rivet corners. 18 19 3.02 INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL UNITS 20 A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 21 B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. 22 C. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. 23 D. Install units after above-ceiling work is complete. 24 E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents. 25 F. Cutting Acoustical Units: 26 1. Make field cut edges of same profile as factory edges. 27 28 29 END OF SECTION 30
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09 51 00 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 09 68 13 2 3 TILE CARPETING 4 5 6 PART 1 GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 9 A. Carpet tile, fully adhered. 10 11 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS 12 A. CRI 104 - Standard for Installation of Commercial Carpet; 2015. 13 14 1.03 SUBMITTALS 15 A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 16 B. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and performance characteristics; sizes, 17 patterns, colors available, and method of installation. 18 C. Samples: Submit two carpet tiles illustrating color and pattern design for each carpet color selected. 19 20 21 PART 2 PRODUCTS 22 23 2.01 MATERIALS 24 A. Tile Carpeting: Basis-of-Design: Refer to Drawing Sheet A601 for carpet Specifications and Drawings for locations. 25 26 2.02 ACCESSORIES 27 A. Sub-Floor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by flooring material manufacturer. 28 B. Carpet Tile Adhesive: Recommended by carpet tile manufacturer; releasable type. 29 30 31 PART 3 EXECUTION 32 33 3.01 EXAMINATION 34 A. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are smooth and flat within tolerances specified for that type of work and are ready to 35 receive carpet tile. 36 B. Cementitious Sub-floor Surfaces: Verify that substrates are dry enough and ready for flooring installation by testing 37 for moisture and pH. 38 1. Obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by flooring material manufacturer and 39 adhesive materials manufacturer. 40 41 3.02 INSTALLATION 42 A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of sub-floor conditions. 43 B. Install carpet tile in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 44 C. Blend carpet from different cartons to ensure minimal variation in color match. 45 D. Cut carpet tile clean. Fit carpet tight to intersection with vertical surfaces without gaps. 46 E. Lay carpet tile in square pattern, with pile direction parallel to next unit, set parallel to building lines. 47 F. Fully adhere carpet tile to substrate. 48 G. Trim carpet tile neatly at walls and around interruptions. 49 H. Complete installation of edge strips, concealing exposed edges. 50 51 52 END OF SECTION 53
TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TILE CARPETING 09 68 13 - 2
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 09 72 00 - WALL COVERINGS 2 3 PART 1 GENERAL 4 5 6 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 7 A. Surface preparation. 8 B. Wall covering. 9 10 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 11 A. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies 12 B. Section 09 91 23 – Interior Painting 13 14 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS 15 A. ASTM D1308 - Standard Test Method for Effect of Household Chemicals on Clear and Pigmented Organic Finishes; 16 2002 (Reapproved 2013). 17 B. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2018b. 18 C. ASTM F793/F793M - Standard Classification of Wall Coverings by Use Characteristics; 2015. 19 20 1.04 SUBMITTALS 21 A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. 22 B. Product Data: Provide data on wall covering and adhesive. 23 C. Samples: Submit two samples of wall covering, 5 by 5 inch in size illustrating color, finish, and texture. 24 D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures. 25 E. Maintenance Data: Submit data on cleaning, touch-up, and repair of covered surfaces. 26 F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Restroom Remodel's use in maintenance of project. 27 1. Extra Wall Covering Materials: 25 linear feet of each color and pattern of wall covering; store where 28 directed. 29 30 31 PART 2 PRODUCTS 32 33 2.01 WALL COVERINGS 34 A. Wall Covering: Basis-of-Design: Refer to Drawing Sheet A601 Wall Coverings specifications and Drawings for 35 locations. 36 B. Adhesive: Type recommended by wall covering manufacturer to suit application to substrate. 37 C. Substrate Filler: As recommended by adhesive and wall covering manufacturers; compatible with substrate. 38 39 40 PART 3 EXECUTION 41 42 3.01 INSTALLATION 43 A. Apply adhesive and wall covering in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 44 B. Apply wall covering smooth, without wrinkles, gaps or overlaps. Eliminate air pockets and ensure full bond to 45 substrate surface. 46 C. Remove excess adhesive while wet from seam before proceeding to next wall covering sheet. Wipe clean with dry 47 cloth. 48 49 3.02 CLEANING 50 A. Clean wall coverings of excess adhesive, dust, dirt, and other contaminants. 51 B. Reinstall wall plates and accessories removed prior to work of this section. 52 53 54 END OF SECTION 55
WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 - 1
Sun Prairie Public Library OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
WALL COVERINGS 09 72 00 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 09 91 23 2 3 INTERIOR PAINTING 4 5 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 7 8 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 9 A. Surface preparation. 10 B. Field application of paints. 11 C. Scope: Finish interior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless otherwise indicated. 12 1. Both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telecom equipment before installing 13 equipment. 14 2. Elevator pit ladders. 15 3. Prime surfaces to receive wall coverings. 16 4. Mechanical and Electrical: 17 a. In finished areas, paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, 18 hangers, brackets, collars and supports, mechanical equipment, and electrical equipment, unless 19 otherwise indicated. 20 5. Stenciling at Fire/Smoke Walls and Partitions: Refer to Section 07 05 33 – Fire and Smoke Assembly 21 Identification. 22 D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: 23 1. Items factory-finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products having factory-applied primers are 24 not considered factory finished. 25 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. 26 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. 27 4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, bar code labels, and operating parts of 28 equipment. 29 5. Floors, unless specifically indicated. 30 6. Ceramic and other tiles. 31 7. Brick, architectural concrete, cast stone, integrally colored plaster and stucco. 32 8. Glass. 33 9. Acoustical materials, unless specifically indicated. 34 10. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits. 35 11. Data cable. 36 a. Painter shall be aware that any amount of paint or overspray of paint on data cable will void the 37 warranty of the data cable. Attempts to remove paint by chemical or physical means from data cable is 38 not allowed. All data cable with paint/overspray shall be required to be fully replaced. Entire run of 39 cable will be replaced. No splicing is allowed. 40 41 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 42 A. Section 09 21 16 – Gypsum Board Assemblies. 43 B. Section 09 30 00 – Tiling. 44 C. Section 09 72 00 – Wall Coverings. 45 46 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS 47 A. ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications; 2016. 48 B. ASTM D4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Based 49 Materials; 2015. 50 C. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual; Current Edition, 51 www.paintinfo.com. 52 D. SSPC-SP 1 - Solvent Cleaning; 2015. 53 E. SSPC-SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning; 1982 (Ed. 2004). 54 F. SSPC-SP 13 - Surface Preparation of Concrete; (Reaffirmed 2015); 2003. 55 56 1.4 SUBMITTALS 57 A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 – Submittals for submittal requirements and procedures.
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 B. Product Data: Provide complete list of products to be used, with the following information for each: 2 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category (e.g. "alkyd 3 enamel"). 4 2. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of each system. 5 3. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 6 C. Samples: Submit two paper "draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches (216 by 279 mm) in size, illustrating range of 7 colors available for each finishing product specified. 8 1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen. 9 D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures. 10 E. Maintenance Data: Submit data including finish schedule showing where each product/color/finish was used, 11 product technical data sheets, care and cleaning instructions, touch-up procedures, repair of painted and finished 12 surfaces, and color samples of each color and finish used. 13 F. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 14 1. Extra Paint and Finish Materials: 1 gallon (4 L) of each color; from the same product run, store where 15 directed. 16 2. Label each container with color in addition to the manufacturer's label. 17 18 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 19 A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified, with minimum three 20 years documented experience. 21 B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with minimum five years 22 experience. 23 24 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25 A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. 26 B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, 27 surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and 28 reducing. 29 C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and a maximum of 90 30 degrees F (32 degrees C), in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions. 31 32 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS 33 A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by 34 the paint product manufacturer. 35 B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of substrates, 36 moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations. 37 C. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles (860 lx) measured mid-height at substrate surface. 38 39 40 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 41 42 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 43 A. Provide paints and finishes used in any individual system from the same manufacturer; no exceptions. 44 45 2.2 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENERAL 46 A. Refer to Drawing Sheet A601 Room Finish Schedule for paint finish colors and types, and specifications. 47 B. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field-catalyzed paint. 48 1. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a 49 homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of 50 streaks or sags. 51 2. Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from a single production 52 run. 53 3. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure is specifically described 54 in manufacturer's product instructions. 55 56 2.3 PAINT SYSTEMS - INTERIOR 57 A. Interior Gypsum Board Surfaces to be Painted:
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. 2 2. Top Coats for Walls: Interior Semi-gloss Latex. 3 3. Top Coats for Ceilings: Interior Eggshell Latex. 4 4. Primer: As recommended by top coat manufacturer for specific substrate. 5 D. Interior Epoxy Coating: Including gypsum board and concrete masonry units. 6 1. Primer for gypsum wallboard: As recommended by manufacturer. 7 2. Primer for concrete masonry: Masonry filler. 8 3. Finish Coatings: Two coats. Provide one of the following: 9 F. Transparent Finish on Wood. 10 1. One coat clear sealer and two coats water-based varnish (MPI # 128). 11 G. Semi-Transparent Finish on Wood. 12 1. One coat stain and two coats water-based varnish (MPI # 186). 13 14 2.4 ACCESSORY MATERIALS 15 A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding materials, and clean-up 16 materials as required for final completion of painted surfaces. 17 B. Patching Material: Latex filler. 18 C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler. 19 20 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 23 3.1 EXAMINATION 24 A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer. 25 B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may 26 potentially effect proper application. 27 C. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. 28 D. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do not apply finishes unless moisture 29 content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 30 1. Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. 31 2. Interior Wood: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D4442. 32 3. Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: 8 percent. 33 34 3.2 PREPARATION 35 A. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application. 36 B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the 37 substrate under the project conditions. 38 C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and 39 fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. 40 D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat. 41 E. Concrete: 42 1. Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not coat surfaces if moisture 43 content or alkalinity of surfaces to be coated exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 44 2. Prepare surface as recommended by top coat manufacturer and according to SSPC-SP 13. 45 F. Masonry: 46 1. Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or if 47 alkalinity of mortar joints exceed that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. Allow to dry. 48 2. Prepare surface as recommended by top coat manufacturer. 49 G. Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water. Verify 50 required acid-alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry. 51 H. Gypsum Board: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair. 52 I. Galvanized Surfaces: 53 1. Prepare surface according to SSPC-SP 3. 54 J. Ferrous Metal: 55 1. Solvent clean according to SSPC-SP 1.
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 - 3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 2. Shop-Primed Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up 2 patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re-prime entire shop-primed 3 item. 4 3. Remove rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances using methods recommended in writing by paint 5 manufacturer and blast cleaning according to SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". Protect from corrosion 6 until coated. 7 K. Wood Surfaces to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to sealing, seal knots, pitch streaks, and 8 sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after sealer has dried; sand lightly between coats. Prime 9 concealed surfaces with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with thinner. 10 11 3.3 APPLICATION 12 A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint 13 separately. 14 B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 15 C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied. 16 D. Apply each coat to uniform appearance in thicknesses specified by manufacturer. 17 E. Include areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned-tube radiation, 18 and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and 19 provide desired protection. 20 1. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final 21 installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat 22 only. 23 2. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 24 3. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 25 4. Finish doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 26 F. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. 27 Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. 28 G. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. 29 H. Dark Colors and Deep Clear Colors: Regardless of number of coats specified, apply as many coats as necessary for 30 complete hide. 31 I. Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish. 32 J. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next 33 coat. 34 K. Wood to Receive Transparent Finishes: Tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe 35 excess from surface. 36 L. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. 37 M. Concrete Floor Sealer: Follow manufacturer’s instructions for preparation and installation. 38 39 3.4 CLEANING 40 A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from 41 site. 42 B. At end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. 43 C. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by 44 cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting 45 D. Provide "Wet Paint: signs to protect newly painted finishes. 46 47 3.5 PROTECTION 48 A. Protect finishes until completion of project. 49 B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion. 50 51 3.6 SCHEDULE - PAINT SYSTEMS 52 A. Refer to Drawing Sheet A611 for Finish Material Specifications for paint schedule (P-#). 53 54 55 END OF SECTION 56
INTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 23 - 4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 10 14 10 2 3 MISCELLANEOUS INTERIOR SIGNAGE 4 5 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 7 8 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 9 B. Interior informational signs. 10 11 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS 12 A. 36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; 13 Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines; current edition. 14 B. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. 15 C. IBC 2009 1007.8 – 1007.11 complying with ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 16 17 1.3 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 - Submittals for submittal requirements and procedures. 19 B. Signage Schedule: Provide information sufficient to completely define each sign for fabrication, including room 20 name, other text or graphics to be applied, sign and letter sizes, fonts, and colors. 21 C. Samples: Submit one sample of each type of sign, of size similar to that required for project, illustrating sign style, 22 font, and method of attachment. 23 24 25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26 27 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 28 A. For room Story Time 178, provide one sign, approximately 8” x 10”, acrylic, with letters, braille and colors to match 29 existing signage. Sign shall be installed where shown on the drawings and shall say the following: 30 Line 1: MAXIMUM ROOM 31 Line 2: CAPACITY 32 Line 3: 49 PERSONS 33 34 2.4 ACCESSORIES 35 A. Tape Adhesive: Double sided tape, permanent adhesive. 36 B. Emergency Evacuation Maps: As indicated on Room Signage Schedule, Drawing Sheet A610. 37 38 2.5 INTERIOR BRANDING AND GRAPHICS SIGNAGE 39 A. Interior Room Donor Signs: Coordinate with branding and graphic design package as directed by Owner’s 40 Consultant. 41 B. Coordinate with branding and graphic design package with Interior Directional and Informational Signs. 42 43 44 PART 3 - EXECUTION 45 46 3.1 INSTALLATION 47 A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 48 B. Install neatly, with horizontal edges level. 49 C. Locate signs where indicated by Architect. 50 D. Protect from damage until Substantial Completion; repair or replace damage items. 51 52 53 END OF SECTION 54 55
MISCELLANEOUS INTERIOR SIGNAGE 10 14 10 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
MISCELLANEOUS INTERIOR SIGNAGE 10 14 10 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 10 21 13 2 3 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 4 5 PART 1 GENERAL 6 7 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 8 A. Solid plastic toilet compartments. 9 B. Urinal screens. 10 11 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 12 A. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Blocking and supports. 13 B. Section 10 28 00 – Toilet Accessories. 14 15 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS 16 A. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, 17 Plate, and Flat Bar; 2015. 18 19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 20 A. Coordination: Coordinate the work with placement of support framing and anchors in walls and ceilings. 21 22 1.5 SUBMITTALS 23 A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 – Submittals for submittal requirements and procedures. 24 B. Shop Drawings: Indicate partition plan, elevation views, dimensions, details of wall supports, door swings. 25 C. Product Data: Provide data on panel construction, hardware, and accessories. 26 D. Samples: Submit two samples of partition panels, 4 x4 inch in size illustrating panel finish, color, and 27 sheen. 28 29 30 PART 2 PRODUCTS 31 32 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 33 A. Solid Plastic Toilet Compartments: 34 1. Basis-of-Design: Scranton Products, Hiny Hides, www.scrantonproducts.com,. 35 Refer to Drawing Sheet A611 for Toilet Partition Specifications (TP-1). 36 Provide Basis-of-Design product or comparable product approved during the bid process. Characteristics 37 that comparable products must match include, but are not limited to, color, form, aesthetic, and 38 performance. 39 40 2.2 SOLID PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS 41 A. Toilet Compartments: Factory fabricated doors, pilasters, and divider panels made of solid molded high 42 density polyethylene (HDPE), floor-mounted headrail-braced. 43 1. Color: as per drawings. 44 B. Doors: 45 1. Thickness: 1 inch. 46 2. Width: 24 inch. 47 3. Width for Handicapped Use: 36 inch, out-swinging. 48 4. Height: 55 inch. 49 C. Panels: 50 1. Thickness: 1 inch. 51 2. Height: 55 inch. 52 D. Pilasters: 53 1. Thickness: 1 inch. 54 2. Width: As required to fit space; minimum 3 inch. 55 E. Screens: Without doors; to match compartments; mounted to wall with two panel brackets. 56 57 2.3 COMPONENTS 58 A. Toilet Compartments: Solid molded high density polyethylene (HDPE) plastic panels, doors, and pilasters,
PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS 10 21 13 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 floor-mounted headrail-braced. 2 1. Color: Single color as selected. 3 B. Door and Panel Dimensions: 4 1. Thickness: 1 inch. 5 2. Door Width: 30 inch. 6 3. Door Width for Handicapped Use: 36 inch, out-swinging. 7 4. Thickness of Pilasters: 1 inch. 8 C. Urinal Screens: Wall mounted with two panel brackets, and floor mounted vertical upright consisting of 9 pilaster anchored to floor. 10 11 2.4 ACCESSORIES 12 A. Pilaster Shoes: Formed ASTM A666, Type 304 stainless steel with No. 4 finish, 3 in high, concealing floor 13 fastenings. 14 B. Head Rails: Hollow anodized aluminum, 1 by 1-1/2 inch size, with anti-grip profile and cast socket wall 15 brackets. 16 C. Pilaster Brackets: Satin stainless steel. 17 D. Wall Brackets: Continuous type, satin stainless steel. 18 E. Attachments, Screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel, tamper proof type. 19 F. Hardware: Satin stainless steel: 20 1. Pivot hinges, gravity type, adjustable for door close positioning; two per door. 21 2. Door Latch: Slide type with exterior emergency access feature. 22 3. Door strike and keeper with rubber bumper; mounted on pilaster in alignment with door latch. 23 4. Coat hook with rubber bumper; one per compartment, mounted on door. 24 5. Provide door pull for out-swinging doors. 25 26 27 PART 3 EXECUTION 28 29 3.1 EXAMINATION 30 A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. 31 B. Verify correct spacing of and between plumbing fixtures. 32 C. Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage, and bracing. 33 D. 34 3.2 INSTALLATION 35 A. Install partitions secure, rigid, plumb, and level in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 36 B. Maintain 3/8 to 1/2 inch space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters. 37 C. Attach panel brackets securely to walls using anchor devices. 38 D. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets. Locate head rail joints at pilaster center lines. 39 E. Field touch-up of scratches or damaged finish will not be permitted. Replace damaged or scratched 40 materials with new materials. 41 F. 42 3.3 TOLERANCES 43 A. Maximum variation from True Position: 1/4 inch. 44 B. Maximum variation from Plumb: 1/8 inch. 45 C. 46 3.4 ADJUSTING 47 A. Adjust hinges to position doors in partial opening position when unlatched. Return out-swinging doors to closed 48 position. 49 B. Adjust adjacent components for consistency of line or plane. 50 51 52 END OF SECTION 53
PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS 10 21 13 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 `SECTION 10 28 00 2 3 TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 4 5 PART 1 GENERAL 6 7 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 8 A. Accessories for toilet rooms, showers, and utility rooms. 9 B. Grab bars. 10 11 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 12 A. Section 01 10 00 – Summary; List of Owner Furnished Contractor Installed (OFCI) items. 13 B. Section 06 10 00 – Rough Carpentry 14 C. Section 09 21 16 – Gypsum Board Assemblies 15 D. Section 09 30 00 - Tiling 16 E. Section 10 21 13 - Plastic Toilet Compartments. 17 18 1.3 REFERNCE STANDARDS 19 A. ASTM A269 - Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for 20 General Service; 2010. 21 B. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, 22 Plate, and Flat Bar; 2010. 23 C. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass; 2011e1. 24 D. ASTM C1503 - Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror; 2008 (Reapproved 2013). 25 26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27 A. Coordinate the work with the placement of internal wall reinforcement to receive anchor attachments. 28 B. 29 1.5 SUBMITTALS 30 A. Refer to Section 01 30 00 – Administrative Procedures for submittal requirements and procedures. 31 B. Product Data: Provide data on accessories describing size, finish, details of function, attachment 32 methods. 33 C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring special 34 attention. 35 36 37 PART 2 PRODUCTS 38 39 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 40 A. All items of each type to be made by the same manufacturer. 41 42 2.2 MATERIALS 43 A. Accessories - General: Shop assembled, free of dents and scratches and packaged complete with anchors and 44 fittings, steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. 45 B. Keys: Provide six keys for each accessory to Owner; master key all lockable accessories. 46 C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304. 47 D. Stainless Steel Tubing: ASTM A269, Type 304 or 316. 48 E. Mirror Glass: Annealed float glass, ASTM C1036 Type I, Class 1, Quality Q2, with silvering, protective and 49 physical characteristics complying with ASTM C1503. 50 F. Adhesive: Two component epoxy type, waterproof. 51 G. Fasteners, Screws, and Bolts: Hot dip galvanized, tamper-proof, security type. 52 53 2.3 FINISHES 54 A. Stainless Steel: No. 4 satin brushed finish, unless otherwise noted. 55 56 2.4 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 57 A. Basis-of-Design: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.; www.bobrick.com. 58 B. Restroom Accessories as scheduled on the Drawing Sheet A601
TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 - 1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 2 3 PART 3 EXECUTION 4 5 3.1 EXAMINATION 6 A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. 7 B. Verify exact location of accessories for installation. 8 9 3.2 PREPARATION 10 A. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site for timely installation. 11 B. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required. 12 13 3.3 INSTALLATION 14 A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 15 B. Install plumb and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. 16 C. Mounting Heights and Locations: As required by accessibility regulations and as indicated on drawings 17 18 19 END OF SECTION 20
TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 10 28 00 - 2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 SECTION 12 24 13 2 3 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 4 5 6 GENERAL 7 8 1.1 SUMMARY 9 A. This Section includes manual and operated roller shades. 10 11 1.2 SUBMITTALS 12 A. Refer to Section 01 30 00 – Administrative Requirements for submittal requirements and procedures. 13 B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 14 D. Samples: For each exposed finish and for each color and texture required. 15 E. Window Treatment Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 16 F. Maintenance data. 17 18 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 19 A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. 20 B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide products passing flame-resistance testing according to NFPA 701 by a 21 testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 22 C. Comply with WCMA A 100.1. 23 24 25 PRODUCTS 26 27 2.1 ROLLER SHADES 28 A. Acceptable Products: 29 1. Basis of Design: Draper, FlexShades, child-safe design; www.draperinc.com; 30 2. Location as indicated on the drawings 31 B. Shade Fabric: Refer to Drawing Sheet A602 for Finish Material Specifications. 32 C. Rollers: Electrogalvanized or epoxy primed steel or extruded-aluminum tube of diameter and wall thickness 33 required to support and fit internal components of operating system and the weight and width of shade band 34 material without sagging; designed to be easily removable from support brackets. Provide capacity for one roller 35 shade band(s) per roller. 36 D. Bottom Bar: Steel or extruded aluminum, with plastic or metal capped ends. Provide concealed, by pocket of 37 shade material, internal-type. 38 G. Mounting: Bracket mount as indicated on drawings, permitting easy removal and replacement without damaging 39 roller shade or adjacent surfaces and finishes. 40 41 2.2 ROLLER SHADE FABRICATION 42 A. Product Description: Roller shade consisting of roller, a means of supporting roller, flexible sheet or band of 43 material carried by roller, a means of attaching material to roller, bottom bar and operating mechanism that lifts 44 and lowers the shade. 45 B. Unit Sizes: Obtain units fabricated in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows, measured at 74 deg F: 46 1. Shade Units Installed between (Inside) Jambs: Edge of shade not more than 1/4 inch from face of jamb. 47 Length equal to head to sill dimension of opening in which each shade is installed. 48 2. Shade Units Installed Outside Jambs: Width and length as indicated, with terminations between shades of 49 end-to-end installations at centerlines of mullion or other defined vertical separations between openings. 50 C. Installation Brackets: Designed for easy removal and reinstallation of shade, for supporting roller, and operating 51 hardware and for hardware position and shade mounting method indicated. 52 D. Installation Fasteners: No fewer than two fasteners per bracket, fabricated from metal noncorrosive to shade 53 hardware and adjoining construction; type designed for securing to supporting substrate; and supporting shades 54 and accessories under conditions of normal use. 55
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 - 1 SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19610000
1 EXECUTION 2 3 3.1 ROLLER SHADE INSTALLATION 4 A. Install roller shades level, plumb, and aligned with adjacent units according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5 Allow clearances for window operation hardware. 6 B. Adjust and balance roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction 7 throughout entire operational range. 8 C. Clean roller shade surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. 9 10 11 END OF SECTION
ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 12 24 13 - 2 SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 21 00 10
FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. Refer to Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements and Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section applies to all work under the fire suppression contract. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:
1. Water Based Fire Suppression Systems 2. Demolition of Fire Suppression Systems
B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and properly functioning fire suppression systems.
C. Drawings for fire suppression work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and materials.
D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements, make such changes without additional cost to Owner.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fittings may not be shown, but where such items are required by other sections of the specifications, or where they are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed.
F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft.
G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft.
1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards:
1. International Fire Suppression Code 2. Wisconsin State Plumbing Code 3. International Building Code 4. National Electric Code (NEC) 5. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) 6. Local Utility Company Requirements 7. Local Codes, all trades 8. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA 9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 10. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) 11. Iowa Administrative Codes 12. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)
B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.
C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted.
FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 00 10-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction and local utility companies. Contractor shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services.
B. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection with the fire suppression work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility.
1.05 FIRE SUPPRESSION DRAWINGS
A. The fire suppression drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor shall examine all construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations.
B. Drawings for piping are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general arrangement and locations of piping and equipment.
C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of piping so as to best fit the layout of the work.
D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions: scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and valves may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications, such items shall be furnished and installed.
1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to beginning work in that area.
B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain.
C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures.
D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.
1.07 SITE INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles.
B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of the contractor's failure to make this inspection.
1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.
B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.
FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 00 10-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in either of them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors, shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by the Design Professional and his decision will be final.
D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition.
E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the painting contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided.
F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall arrange with General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect.
1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Piping and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe or sleeve shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where piping and sleeves pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk.
B. Existing Structure:
1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports as required for openings. 2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings. 3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required.
1.10 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item. Where two or more units are required of the same item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.
B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.
1.11 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall furnish to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements.
B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.
FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 00 10-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below.
D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review.
E. Submit required information on the following items:
CERTIFICAT E OF OTHER SPEC DETAIL PROD INSTALL O & M DEMON- (SEE SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGS DATA SAMPLES METHODS MANUAL STRATION NOTES) 21 1000 Water Based Fire X 1 Suppression System
Notes: 1. All certifications and test results required by NFPA.
F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications.
G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications.
1.12 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01.
B. To obtain approval to use unspecified equipment, submit written requests to the Design Professional at least 10 days prior to bid due date. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested. Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance are equivalent to include a cost comparison between specified equipment and equipment for which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, Design Professional will approve it in an addendum. Design Professional will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item.
C. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution.
1.13 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.
B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of the contractor and/or the manufacturer.
C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility for maintenance), operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.
D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.
FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 00 10-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.14 WARRANTY
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 for information on warranties and correction of work within the warranty period.
1. If a warranty or warranty period are not defined in Division 00 or 01, then the start of all warranty periods shall be the date of Substantial Completion and the length of the warranty shall be for one year. a. If construction is phased with distinct and separate Substantial Completion dates for portions of the building and/or systems, separate warranties shall be provided for each of these phased areas and/or systems. b. The entire Fire Suppression system, including all sub-systems, shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for the duration of the warranty period. Any malfunctions or defects which occur within the warranty period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranty.
B. Refer to other Division 21 sections for systems, equipment, or material requiring extended warranties beyond one year.
C. The date of systems/equipment startup or equipment/material shipment to the site shall not be considered the notable date with relation to the warranty of that item. All systems, equipment, material, etc., shall have the same start date with respect to the warranty period.
D. Systems, equipment or material put into use to facilitate construction activities (e.g. testing and balancing, commissioning, temporary conditioning, etc.) prior to the start of the warranty period shall not impact the length of the warranty in any way.
1.15 COMPLETION
A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready for normal use by Owner.
B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion.
1.16 CLEANING
A. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be cleaned internally.
B. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 21 00 10
FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 00 10-5
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS 21 00 10-6
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 21 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 21 0010 - Fire Suppression General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section includes the following:
1. Escutcheons 2. Fire Stopping 3. Demolition
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS
A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from the site by him, unless otherwise specified.
2.02 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces. Escutcheons shall fit around pipe; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to sleeve with set screws or other approved devices.
2.03 FIRESTOPPING
A. Piping and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor, pipe, and sleeve, shall be sealed with UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DEMOLITION
A. General:
1. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be performed. 2. Contractor shall remove existing equipment and piping not necessary for additions or existing portions of building as indicated on drawings and/or specified herein. To include all abandoned equipment and piping back to point of origin. Demolition of equipment shall include removal of associated concrete equipment pad and/or support steel. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for the cutting and capping of all existing services before any work is commenced by the General Contractor.
B. Work by Others: Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Contractor shall assume all required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others:
1. General Contractor will remove any floors, walls and ceilings, neatly patch, match, complete and finish all affected surfaces.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. Existing Conditions:
1. If any piping serving existing fixtures or equipment which are to remain are disturbed by operations under this Contract, Contractor shall provide pipe and insulation required to reestablish continuity of such piping systems. 2. Contractor shall arrange for General Contractor to repair, patch and paint all construction, with material necessary to match surrounding material, which is necessary due to removal of equipment and piping. 3. Contractor shall furnish all required labor and material where required to extend new work to connect to similar work where new addition adjoins existing building and for extension of existing system. Connection shall be made in a suitable manner.
D. Owner's Right of Salvage: The Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material herein demolished by the Contractor.
3.02 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces.
END OF SECTION 21 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 05 00-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 21 10 00
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 21 0010 - Fire Suppression General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of fire suppression work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section.
B. Applications of fire suppression systems include the following:
1. Sprinkler systems.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NFPA Code: Comply with ANSI/NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems", and ANSI/NFPA 24, "Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtences", where applicable.
B. UL Labeling: Provide fire sprinkler piping products which have been approved and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories.
C. Local Fire Marshal Regulations: Comply with governing regulations pertaining to fire sprinkler piping.
D. All fire suppression work shall be performed by a qualified sprinkler contractor with at least three years experience that has obtained current certification in the State of Iowa under the Fire Extinguishing System Contractor Certification program. During the installation, a minimum of one person with at least three years sprinkler experience shall be present.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data for fire suppression systems, materials and products.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Automatic Sprinklers
1. Reliable Sprinkler Corporation. 2. Tyco. 3. Viking Corp.
B. Grooved Piping Systems
1. Gruvlok by Anvil International 2. Victaulic
2.02 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPECIALTIES
A. General: Provide fire suppression specialties, UL listed, in accordance with the following listing. Provide sizes and types which mate and match piping and equipment connections.
1. Automatic Sprinklers: a. Provide automatic sprinklers of type indicated on drawings, and in accordance with the following listing. Provide liquid bulb, ordinary temperature, except where intermediate or high temperature rated sprinklers are required per NFPA 13 or as indicated on the plans. 1) Upright
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 10 00-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
2) Concealed Pendent with Flat Cover Plate 3) Pendant
b. Finish: Painted white for concealed pendent,,cast brass for upright pendent, or provide finish as indicated on the plans.
2.03 PIPE MATERIALS
Material Service A. Black steel pipe, Wet systems. Schedule 40, ASTM A795
2.04 PIPE FITTINGS
A. Steel Pipe:
1. Threaded pipe (2” dia and smaller): Malleable or Ductile iron fittings, 150 pound standard flat band water pattern. 2. Welded pipe (2 1/2" dia and larger): Standard radius weld fittings and weld neck or slip-on flanges, same material and strength as pipe. 3. Mechanical grooved and roll-groove steel piping system and fittings: may be used as approved by code for black steel, stainless steel and galvanized steel. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.05 JOINTS
A. Steel Pipe:
1. Threaded pipe (2” dia and smaller): Make joints using Teflon tape applied to male threads only. Cut pipe square, cut threads clean, remove burrs and ream ends to full size of bore. 2. Welded pipe (2 1/2" dia and larger): Welding shall conform to welding section of ANSI-B31.3 "Code for Power Piping.” 3. Mechanical grooved and roll-groove pipe couplings: Grooved couplings may be used as approved by code for black steel and galvanized steel piping. Gasket type to be used shall be appropriate for intended service. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.06 NIPPLES AND UNIONS
A. All nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples.
B. For pipe 2" and smaller, use screwed unions, for pipe 2-1/2" and over use flanged unions. For steel pipe use black or galvanized malleable iron unions, to conform to pipe with ground joint. Cast iron flanged unions gasket type. For threaded brass pipe, use bronze ground joint unions with octagon ends.
C. Install unions in the following locations so that a minimum amount of pipe need be disassembled:
1. Long runs, at intervals of 80 feet. 2. In by-pass around equipment, valves, and controls. 3. In connections to equipment. 4. Where indicated on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Contractor shall familiarize himself with the general construction, plumbing, heating, ventilating, and electrical work and to use the information to avoid conflicts in space allocation with the other trades. Do not place pipes over electrical equipment.
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 10 00-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
B. In the case of an interference occurring during construction, Contractor shall rework and reinstall piping and equipment in order to make space available for another contractor's equipment without additional cost to the Owner.
C. Contractor shall work closely with the ceiling system installers and install sprinkler head drops before ceiling tiles are installed, and return to job after or during ceiling tile installation for installation of sprinkler heads.
D. Heads shall be located in center of ceiling tiles or as directed by Design Professional.
3.02 FIRE SUPRESSION SPECIALTIES
A. General: Install fire suppression specialties as indicated, and in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 13.
3.03 PIPING
A. General: Comply with requirements of ANSI/NFPA 13 for installation of fire sprinkler piping products where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that fire sprinkler piping complies with requirements and serves intended purposes.
B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other mechanical items. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork.
C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage. Install drain piping at low points of fire sprinkler piping.
D. Hangers and supports: Comply with NFPA for hanger materials
1. Install sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13.
3.04 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Sprinkler Piping Flushing: Prior to connecting sprinkler risers for flushing, flush water feed mains, lead-in connections and control portions of sprinkler piping. After fire sprinkler piping installation has been completed and before piping is placed in service, flush entire sprinkler system, as required to remove foreign substances, under pressure as specified in ANSI/NFPA 13. Continue flushing until water is clear, and check to ensure that debris has not clogged sprinklers.
3.05 EXTRA STOCK
A. General: For each style and temperature range required, furnish one additional sprinkler head.
END OF SECTION 21 10 00
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 10 00-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS 21 10 00-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 22 00 10
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. Refer to Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements and Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section applies to all work under the plumbing contract. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:
1. Waste and Vent Systems 2. Hot and Cold Water Distribution System 3. Plumbing Fixtures 4. Piping Insulation
B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and properly functioning plumbing systems.
C. Drawings for plumbing work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and materials.
D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements, make such changes without additional cost to Owner.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fittings may not be shown, but where such items are required by other sections of the specifications, or where they are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed.
F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft.
G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft.
1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards:
1. International /Mechanical Code 2. Wisconsin State Plumbing Code 3. International Building Code 4. International Fire Code 5. National Electric Code (NEC) 6. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) 7. Local Utility Company Requirements 8. Local Codes, all trades 9. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA 10. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 11. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) 12. Iowa Administrative Codes 13. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) 14. ANSI/NSF 372
B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 00 10-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted.
1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction and local utility companies. Contractor shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services.
B. Meters for incoming services shall be selected based on the project requirements. Any questions concerning this shall be referred to Design Professional prior to bidding. Contractor shall provide the appropriate meter and associated materials if not furnished by the utility company.
C. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection with the plumbing work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility.
D. Contractor shall make all arrangements with each utility company and pay all service charges associated with new service.
1.05 PLUMBING DRAWINGS
A. The plumbing drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor shall examine construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations.
B. Drawings are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general arrangement and locations of piping and equipment.
C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of piping so as to best fit the layout of the work.
D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions: scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and valves may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications, such items shall be furnished and installed.
1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to beginning work in that area.
B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain.
C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures.
D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.
1.07 SITE INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles.
B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's failure to make this inspection.
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 00 10-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.
B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.
C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in either of them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by Design Professional and his decision will be final.
D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition.
E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided.
F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect.
1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Piping and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe and/or sleeve shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where piping and sleeves pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk.
B. Existing Structure:
1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports as required for openings. 2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings. 3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required.
1.10 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
A. Contractor shall do all excavating necessary for sanitary sewers, etc., and shall backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Care shall be taken in excavating that walls and footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed in any way, except where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass under a footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible trench to accommodate the pipe. Excavation shall be kept free from water by pumping if necessary.
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 00 10-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
B. Backfill about the structure shall be placed, when practical, as the work of construction progresses. Backfilling on or against concrete work shall be done only when directed. Backfilling of trenches shall progress as rapidly as the testing and acceptance of the finished sections of the work will permit and shall be carried to a crown approximately six (6) inches above existing grades. In backfilling trenches, selected material shall be compacted firmly around and to a depth of not less than six (6) inches over the top of work in trench. All fill and backfill and rough grading shall be compacted thoroughly in layers and shall be brought up to within six (6) inches of finished grades. All fill and backfill shall be sand or pit run sand/gravel graded from 1" size downward, if excavated material is not suitable for backfill.
1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item. Where two or more units are required of the same item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.
B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.
1.12 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall furnish, to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements.
B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.
C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below.
D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review.
E. Submit required information on the following items:
CERTIFICAT OTHER SPEC DETAIL PROD INSTALL O & M E OF (SEE SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGS DATA SAMPLES METHODS MANUAL SYSTEM NOTES) DEMON- STRATION 22 0523 General Duty Valves for X Plumbing Piping 22 0700 Plumbing Insulation X 22 4000 Plumbing Fixtures X X 22 4700 Drinking Fountains and X X Water Coolers
F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications.
G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications.
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 00 10-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional in duplicate upon completion of the job. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional information.
B. Submit manuals in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard- backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS
(PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION) (DATE)
SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR)
C. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract:
1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contract and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. 8. Reports of all tests and demonstrations including certificate of owner instruction, testing and balancing report, etc.
1.14 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. Tests Required: Piping shall be tested and proved tight under the following static pressures. Pressure shall be maintained for four (4) hours.
System Pressure Domestic Water Piping Systems Refer to Section 22 1116 – Domestic Water Piping Soil, Waste, Drainage Piping Below Grade 10 feet waterhead or fill to top of vent outlet above roof. Soil, Waste, Drainage Piping Above Grade Fill piping with water to top of vent outlet above roof, or 10 feet waterhead.
TESTING NOTE: All rubber gasket joints for cast iron soil pipe and fittings should be properly restrained if test pressures exceed 10 feet of head.
B. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to demonstrating systems to Owner. Contractor shall submit a report to Design Professional citing dates, times, pressures, and results of all tests performed.
1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01.
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 00 10-5
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution.
1.16 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.
B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer.
C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility for maintenance), operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.
D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.
1.17 WARRANTY
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 for information on warranties and correction of work within the warranty period.
1. If a warranty or warranty period are not defined in Division 00 or 01, then the start of all warranty periods shall be the date of Substantial Completion and the length of the warranty shall be for one year. a. If construction is phased with distinct and separate Substantial Completion dates for portions of the building and/or systems, separate warranties shall be provided for each of these phased areas and/or systems. b. The entire Plumbing system, including all sub-systems, shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for the duration of the warranty period. Any malfunctions or defects which occur within the warranty period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranty.
B. Refer to other Division 22 sections for systems, equipment, or material requiring extended warranties beyond one year.
C. The date of systems/equipment startup or equipment/material shipment to the site shall not be considered the notable date with relation to the warranty of that item. All systems, equipment, material, etc., shall have the same start date with respect to the warranty period.
D. Systems, equipment or material put into use to facilitate construction activities (e.g. testing and balancing, commissioning, temporary conditioning, etc.) prior to the start of the warranty period shall not impact the length of the warranty in any way.
1.18 COMPLETION
A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready for normal use by Owner.
B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion.
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 00 10-6
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.19 CLEANING
A. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be cleaned internally.
B. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units.
C. Before being placed in service, all domestic water distribution systems, including those for cold water and hot water shall be chlorinated as required per Section 22 1116 - Domestic Water Piping.
1.20 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Electrical work and equipment provided by Contractor shall include the following:
1. Starters and disconnects for motors of plumbing equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment. 2. Wiring from motors to disconnect switches or junction boxes for motors of plumbing equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment. 3. All control wiring in accordance with the requirements of Division 26.
B. Electrical Contractor shall provide all power wiring for plumbing equipment, including services for motors and equipment furnished by the plumbing contractor. Motor and equipment locations are shown on the electrical drawings.
C. Electrical Contractor shall make final connections for all motors and equipment furnished by the plumbing contractor.
D. Electrical Contractor shall furnish safety disconnects and starters for all motors and equipment furnished by the plumbing contractor (unless specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with the equipment), so as to make service complete to each item of equipment.
E. Contractor shall consult with Electrical Contractor prior to conduit rough-in and shall verify with him the exact locations for rough-ins, and the exact size and characteristics of the services required, and shall provide Electrical Contractor a schedule of electrical loads for the equipment furnished by him. These schedules will be used for sizing services, disconnects, fuses, starters and overload protection.
1.21 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Refer to Division 01 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities.
END OF SECTION 22 00 10
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 00 10-7
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 22 00 10-8
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 22 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 0010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section includes the following:
1. Demolition 2. Escutcheons 3. Fire Stopping
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS
A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from the site by him, unless otherwise specified.
2.02 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces. Escutcheons shall fit around insulation or around pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to sleeve but not to insulation with set screws or other approved devices.
2.03 FIRESTOPPING
A. Piping, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, sleeve, and/or duct shall be sealed with UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DEMOLITION
A. General:
1. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be performed. 2. Contractor shall remove existing equipment and piping not necessary for additions or existing portions of building as indicated on drawings and/or specified herein. To include all abandoned equipment and piping back to point of origin. Demolition of equipment shall include removal of associated concrete equipment pad and/or support steel. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for the cutting and capping of all existing services before any work is commenced by the General Contractor.
B. Work by Others: Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Contractor shall assume all required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others:
1. General Contractor will remove any floors, walls and ceilings, neatly patch, match, complete and finish all affected surfaces. 2. Electrical Contractor will disconnect all electrical services and remove abandoned conduit back to point of origin.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. Existing Conditions:
1. If any piping serving existing fixtures or equipment which are to remain are disturbed by operations under this Contract, Contractor shall provide pipe and insulation required to reestablish continuity of such piping systems. 2. Contractor shall arrange for General Contractor to repair, patch and paint all construction, with material necessary to match surrounding material, which is necessary due to removal of equipment and piping. 3. Contractor shall furnish all required labor and material where required to extend new work to connect to similar work where new addition adjoins existing building and for extension of existing system. Connection shall be made in a suitable manner.
D. Owner's Right of Salvage: The Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material herein demolished by the Contractor.
3.02 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces.
END OF SECTION 22 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 22 05 23
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 0010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install valves as required by the drawings and this section.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data shall include physical dimensions, construction materials, and pressure and temperature ratings.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping valves (excluding main gate valves greater than 2”) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Ball Valves
1. Watts LFB-6080/6081 2. Milwaukee UPBA-400S/450S 3. NIBCO T/S-585-66 LF 4. Apollo 77CLF-140/240
B. All valves of same type shall be of the same manufacturer unless otherwise specified in this section or on the drawings.
C. Model numbers in valve schedule based on NIBCO, unless noted otherwise.
2.02 VALVE CONSTRUCTION
A. Ball Valves 4" and smaller: Bronze two-piece with stainless steel ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, vinyl insulated lever handle.
1. Full port for valves 2-1/2” and smaller.
2.03 VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Furnish valves as per the following schedule:
Service Valve type Domestic hot and cold-water pressures Ball - 2-1/2" and smaller, Apollo 77C-LF up to 200 psi
B. Valves installed on all systems with insulated piping shall be provided with valve handle extensions and/or extended neck design to facilitate installation of insulation and make handles operable without damage to the insulation.
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install valves as indicated on the drawings and as called for in other sections.
END OF SECTION 22 05 23
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 22 05 23-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 22 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 0010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install hangers, supports, anchors, guides and seals as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Types of supports, anchors and seals specified in this section include the following:
1. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports. 2. Hanger-Rod Attachments. 3. Building Attachments. 4. Saddles and Shields. 5. Miscellaneous Materials.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable plumbing and mechanical codes pertaining to product materials and installation of supports, anchors and seals.
B. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products which are Underwriters Laboratories listed and Factory Mutual approved.
C. ANSI Compliance: All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the ANSI Code for Pressure Piping B31.1.0 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES (Reference Catalog Figure numbers from Anvil)
A. Pipe support systems shall secure pipes in place, prevent pipe vibration, provide vertical adjustment for maintaining required grades, and provide for expansion and contraction.
B. Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. They shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being induced into the pipe or connected equipment.
C. Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps.
D. Wherever possible, structural attachments shall be beam clamps.
E. All rigid hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection.
F. Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing.
G. Hangers shall be designed so that they cannot become disengaged by movements of the supported pipe.
H. Where supports are attached to concrete or other structural members, care shall be taken to prevent damage or weakening of the structural members.
I. Hangers and supports that are in direct contact with copper piping shall be copper plated or have nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 29-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION - HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT
A. Copper pipe shall be supported at a maximum length of 6 feet for pipe sizes up through 1-1/2” and at a maximum length of 10 feet for pipe sizes 2” and larger with hanger rods sized accordingly for the total supported weight.
B. PVC pipe shall be supported at a maximum span of 3 feet for pipe sizes up through 1” and at a maximum span of 4 feet for pipe sizes 1-1/4” and larger with hanger rods sized accordingly for total supported weight.
C. Cast Iron soil pipe shall be supported with one hanger for each section of pipe (maximum 10’ span) with hanger rods sized accordingly for the total supported weight. Locate hangers within 18" of hub or joint.
D. In addition to the above specified spacings, install additional hangers at change in pipe direction and at concentrated loads, large valves, strainers, etc.
E. When two or more pipes are to be run parallel together, they may be supported on trapeze type hangers. Trapeze bar angles or channels and hanger rods shall be of sufficient size with required spacing to support the particular group of pipes.
F. For suspending hanger rods from brackets attached to walls; use welded steel brackets, Fig 194 for loads up to 750 lbs; Fig. 195 for loads up to 1,500 lbs; Fig. 199 for loads up to 3000 lbs.
G. Where pipes are to be racked along walls, use malleable iron one-hole clamp, Fig. 126 for pipes up to 3". For pipes larger than 3", use steel channel strut pipe rack.
H. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, (Fig. 167) in conjunction with hanger or roll device
3.02 PIPE ATTACHMENTS
A. For horizontal steel pipe, use adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. 260, for pipes up to 30".
B. For horizontal copper pipe and tube, use copper plated adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. CT-65.
C. When thermal expansion for horizontal pipe is in excess of 1/2" axially as indicated on the drawing, use adjustable steel yoke pipe roll, Fig. 181, or pipe roll stand, Fig. 177.
D. For glass piping, provide padded pipe clamps and padded hangers as per manufacturer =s recommendations.
3.03 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS
A. Hanger rods: use carbon steel single or double end threaded, Figs. 140 and 253 as required. Continuous threaded rod, Fig. 146, may be used wherever possible. Contractor may at his option cut and thread rod on the job site.
B. Chain, wire or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. One pipe shall not be suspended from another pipe.
C. Hangers shall be supported from appropriate structural members. In no case shall hangers be supported from ductwork, cable trays, piping, or other equipment. Existing hangers and supports shall not be used as supports for new hangers unless specifically designed as such, or additional loadings have been confirmed to be acceptable for existing supports.
3.04 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS
A. For attaching steel hanger rods to structural steel beams, use malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. 87, with retaining clip for loads up to 500 lbs.; Fig. 229 with extension piece for loads up to 1,365 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. CT-88, with hardened cup point set screw, for loads up to 400 lbs.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 29-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
B. For attaching steel hanger rods to wood structural members, use malleable iron ceiling flange pipe threaded, Fig. 128 for loads up to 480 lbs., Fig. 153 for loads up to 1270 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron ceiling flange, Fig. CT-128R for loads up to 180 lbs.
C. Under no circumstances shall hangers be attached to metal roof deck.
3.05 PIPE COVERING PROTECTION
A. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping and ductwork shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 165A, 166A, or 167 in conjunction with hanger or roll device.
END OF SECTION 22 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 29-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 29-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 22 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 0010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of plumbing identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or specified in other Division-22 sections.
B. Type of identification devices specified in this section include the following:
1. Painted identification materials 2. Plastic pipe markers 3. Plastic tape
C. Identification furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment, is specified as part of the equipment assembly in other Division-22 sections.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application as referenced in other Division-22 sections. Where more than one single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each product category.
B. Painted Identification Materials:
1. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping and similar applications, but not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar operational instructions. 2. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray-can form and grade. 3. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated for piping systems, comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors.
C. Plastic Pipe Markers:
1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, color-coded, plastic-sheet pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. 2. Small Pipes: For external diameters not greater than 6" (including insulation if any), provide full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods: a. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. b. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap. c. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). d. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than 3/4" wide full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2".
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
3. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by Design Professional in cases of variance with names as shown or specified. 4. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate unit of plastic.
D. Plastic Tape:
1. General: Manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure-sensitive (self-adhesive) vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. a. Width: Provide 1-1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters (including insulation, if any) of less than 6", 2 1/2" wide tape for larger pipes. b. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated.
2.02 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS
A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in plumbing identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of plumbing systems and equipment.
1. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as well as service (as examples; Boiler No. 3, Air Supply No. 1H, Standpipe F12).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION
A. General Installation Requirements:
1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting or other covering or finish including valve tags, install identification after completion of covering and painting if any. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
B. Piping System Identification:
1. General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each piping system, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow: a. Stenciled markers, including color-coded background band or rectangle, and contrasting lettering of black or white. Extend color band or rectangle 2" beyond ends of lettering. b. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in this section. c. Stenciled markers, black or white for best contrast, wherever continuous color-coded painting of piping is provided. 2. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non-concealed locations. Install all markers such that lettering is visible from the floor. a. Near each valve and control device. b. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern. c. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter non-accessible enclosures. d. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. e. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. f. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 20' along each piping run with a minimum of one marker in each room. g. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings.
END OF SECTION 22 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 22 05 53-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 22 07 00
PLUMBING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 0010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install insulation to all hot and cold surfaces of piping, tanks, fittings and other surfaces as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets, adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire and other materials as required to complete the insulating work.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NFPA Compliance: Insulating materials, jackets, mastics, etc., shall meet flame spread and smoke developed ratings in accordance with NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating of not more than 25, smoke developed rating of not more than 50 as tested by ANSI/ASTM E84 (UL 723) (NFPA 255) method. All accessory items such as PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement tape and cloth shall have the same component ratings as specified above.
B. Installation of insulation materials shall be in accordance to the latest edition of MICA/NIAC National Commercial & Industrial Standards for the appropriate material application.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of plumbing insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and furnished accessories for each plumbing system requiring insulation.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products.
B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and plumbing damage. Do not install damaged insulation; remove from project site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Insulating Materials
1. Owens/Corning Fiberglass Corp. 2. Armacell 3. Pittsburgh Corning Corp. 4. CertainTeed Corp. 5. Knauf Fiber Glass 6. John's-Manville Corp. 7. Aeroflex
B. Mastics and adhesives as recommended by insulation manufacturer.
PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
2.02 PIPE INSULATION
A. Type 'A': Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation and factory applied vapor barrier, all service jacket with pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Suitable for operating temperatures from 0 to +850 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no more than 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning 25 ASJ/SSL.
1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an aluminum or stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed. 2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space and within 8 feet of finished floor, it shall be covered with 30 mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston. 3. Where insulation is exposed in a mechanical room and is within 6 feet of finished floor, it shall be covered with a 0.016” aluminum jacket.
B. Type 'B': Flexible elastomeric extruded pipe covering, 6 pound density, 0.27 K factor, water vapor permeance of 0.20 perms. Suitable for temperature from -40 deg. F to +220 deg. F. Equal to Armacell, AP Armaflex, joints sealed with adhesive as recommended by insulation manufacturer.
1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an aluminum or stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed. 2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space and within 8 feet of finished floor, it shall be covered with 30 mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston. 3. Where insulation is exposed in a mechanical room and is within 6 feet of finished floor, it shall be covered with a 0.016” aluminum jacket.
2.03 FITTING INSULATION
A. Type 'A1': Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, or with pre-molded fiberglass wired in place and covered with all-service jacket or low smoke PVC fitting covers. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, wired in place and covered with all-service jacket.
B. Type 'B1': Fittings: Insulate fittings, valve bodies, strainer bodies, etc., with mitercut pipe insulation or sheet insulation of same material as pipe covering.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Use only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough work will be rejected. Application details shall be in accordance with the insulating materials supplier's recommendations except where a higher standard is specified. All surface finishes shall be extended in such a manner as to protect all raw edges, cuts and surfaces of insulation.
3.02 Do not insulate the following:
A. Valve bonnets B. Unions in hot piping
3.03 Inspect all piping and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing contractor has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of insulation.
3.04 Covering for "cold" pipes shall pass unbroken through hanger clevises, sleeves, etc. All details of covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and uncompressed insulation is provided as required to prevent condensation. The same covering and hanging detail shall be used for pipes connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures to avoid metal contact between pipes and hangers.
3.05 Insulation at removable heads, strainer plugs, and other access points shall be fabricated in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removable insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier.
PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
********NOTE: Not all services may apply – refer to plans for scope of services. ************
3.06 INSULATION SCHEDULE
Service Type Insulation and Thickness* Above Ground Piping
Domestic cold water lines (including all pipe Type A and A1: material types) All pipe sizes – 1" thick
Type B and B1: 1-1/4" and smaller – 1/2" thick 1-1/2" and larger – 1" thick
Domestic hot water, tempered water, and Type A and A1: recirculating lines (including all pipe material 1 1/4" and smaller – 1" thick types) 1-1/2" and larger – 1-1/2" thick
Type B and B1: 1 1/4" and smaller – 1" thick 1-1/2" and larger – 1-1/2" thick
END OF SECTION 22 07 00
PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
PLUMBING INSULATION 22 07 00-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 22 11 16
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 0010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section.
1. Extent of domestic water piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. 2. Insulation of domestic water piping is specified in other Division-22 sections and is included as work of this section. 3. Installation of valves for domestic water piping system is specified in other Division-22 sections and is included as work of this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance with ASME B31.9 "Building Services Piping".
B. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: Fabricate and install domestic water piping with Standard PDI-WH201.
C. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping, valves, fittings, and fixtures (excluding toilets, urinals, fill valves, flush valves, shower valves, and main gate valves greater than 2”) shall meet the requirements for ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's material data and installation methods for each type of system to be provided.
B. Submit manufacturer’s catalog cuts for each type of device to be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with Uniform Plumbing Code and International Plumbing Code where applicable, base pressure rating on domestic water piping system's maximum design pressures. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in domestic water piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option.
B. Valves: Refer to Section 22 0523 - General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping.
C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 22 0500 - Common Work Results for Plumbing.
D. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 22 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping.
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
2.02 PIPE:
A. Provide pipe materials meeting the following criteria and referenced standards:
1. Ductile Iron Pipe (D-Iron): Cement lined ductile iron, ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. 2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): DR18 ANSI/AWWA C900 or C905 with tracer wire. 3. Type K Copper (K Cu): Type K copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. 4. Type L Copper (L Cu): Type L copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. 5. Brass (Brass): Schedule 40 Chromium plated, ASTM B43. 6. Cross Linked Polyethylene (PEX): ASTM F876 and ASTM 877. 7. Stainless Steel (St St): Type 304 schedule 10
B. Unless specifically prohibited by local codes, provide piping materials for systems indicated according to the following table:
Material D-Iron PVC K Cu L Cu Brass PEX St St Service Above ground domestic water X Exposed fixture connections X
2.03 FITTINGS:
A. Copper water tube cast bronze or wrought copper:
1. Solder joint type. ANSI B16.18 and B16.22-63. Where copper piping is used for combined water/fire protection water service, joints upstream of fire protection backflow preventer shall be brazed. 2. Pressure Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4” in diameter. ASME B16.18, ASME B16.22. O-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. Installation per manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Brass pipe: Cast bronze screwed, 125-pound, flat band water pattern, chromium plated, for chromium plated pipe.
2.04 JOINTS
A. Copper water tube:
1. Use non-corrosive 95-5 tin-antimony solder, cut pipe square, clean, ream and polish tube ends and inner surfaces of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings. Where copper piping is used for combined water/fire protection water service, joints upstream of fire protection backflow preventer shall be brazed. 2. Pressure Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4” in diameter. ASME B16.18, ASME B16.22. O-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM.
2.05 NIPPLES AND UNIONS
A. All nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples.
B. Install unions in the following locations so that a minimum amount of pipe need be disassembled:
1. Long runs, at intervals of 80 feet. 2. In by-pass around equipment, valves, and controls. 3. In connections to equipment. 4. Where indicated on drawings.
D. Dielectric unions shall be installed between any connection of copper pipe and ferrous piping or equipment. In grooved piping systems, provide Clearflo by Victaulic.
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
2.06 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
A. Water hammer arrestors shall be piston type with seamless copper chamber, two O-ring piston and a 60 psi charge. Water hammer arrestors shall be sized, tested and certified in accordance with the Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH201 and American Society of Sanitary Engineering Standard ASSE- 1010.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which domestic water piping systems materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General: Install basic materials and products as per manufacturers’ recommendations, Uniform and International Plumbing Codes, local code requirements and as required to meet system pressure and performance requirements.
B. Piping Protection: Protect piping from damage during construction, including, but not limited to covering pipes during application of spray on fire-proofing to prevent fire proofing material from coming in contact with the pipes.
C. Valves
1. Refer to Section 22 0523 - General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping. 2. Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems below horizontal. 3. Sectional Valves: Install on each branch and riser, close to main, where branch or riser serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures and elsewhere as indicated. 4. Shutoff Valves: Install on inlet and outlet of each domestic water equipment item and elsewhere as indicated.
C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 22 0500 - Common Work Results for Plumbing.
F. Supports and Anchors: Refer to Section 22 0529 – Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.
3.03 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
A. Install pipe for all domestic water and domestic water systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and as specified herein.
B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork.
C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage.
D. Check all piping for interference with other trades; avoid placing water pipes over electrical equipment.
E. Where rough-in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough-in dimension with owner or equipment supplier before roughing-in.
F. Extend cold water and hot water piping to each fixture and other equipment requiring water supplies.
G. Pitch pipes to accessible drainage point where unions, plugged tees or drainage valves shall be provided.
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
H. Connect branch-feed piping to mains at horizontal centerline of mains; connect run-out piping to branches at horizontal centerline of branches.
I. Pipes built into masonry or concrete construction shall be wrapped with tar paper or burlap to prevent bonding to the concrete.
J. No pipe shall be located in an outside wall or other location where freezing is likely to occur.
K. No pipe shall be in contact with, or attached to, a structural member in a manner that causes the transmission of noise to the structure. Block ends of runs to prevent movement due to water hammer.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES
A. Refer to Section 22 4000 - Plumbing Fixtures and 22 4700 - Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers.
B. General: Connect water piping system to plumbing fixtures as indicated and comply with manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated.
D. Refer water supply to all fixtures and containers shall be so installed as to prevent back siphonage of polluted water into the water supply. All supplies shall be either above the flood rim of the fixture or separated from the drainage end by means of approved vacuum breakers
3.05 INSTALLATION OF WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
A. Install water hammer arrestors as indicated on the drawings and as required per Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH201. Water hammer arrestors to be installed in accessible locations where possible.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
A. General: Install plumbing specialties and valves as per manufacturer’s installation instructions.
B. Provide unions, valves to units at each connection as required by inspection.
3.07 HYDROSTATIC TESTING
A. General: New water mains shall be subject to hydrostatic testing in accordance with AWWA C600 and other applicable AWWA Standards of latest revision and the following supplemental instructions.
B. Supplemental Instructions:
1. All newly laid pipe or any valved section thereof shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure of 1.5 X the working pressure at the point of testing or 100 psig, whichever is greater. 2. The test procedures shall: a. Not exceed pipe or thrust restraint design pressures. b. Be of at least 4-hour duration. c. Not exceed the rated pressure of the valves or hydrants. 3. Each valved section of pipe shall be filled with water slowly and the specified test pressure shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe. 4. Before applying the specified test pressure, air shall be expelled completely from the pipe, valves and hydrants. 5. Any damaged or defective pipe, fittings, valves or hydrants that are discovered following the pressure test shall be repaired or replaced with sound material and the test shall be repeated. 6. A leakage test shall be conducted concurrently with the pressure test. Leakage shall be defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof, to maintain test pressure. 7. No pipe installation will be accepted where leakage is observed.
3.08 DISINFECTION
A. General: Upon completion of a newly installed piping or when repairs to an existing pipe are made, the piping shall be disinfected according to instructions listed in AWWA C651, local codes, local utility requirements, and the following supplemental instructions.
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
B. Repairs: Repairs to mains and plumbing shall be disinfected by swabbing with hypochlorite and flushing in accordance with AWWA C651.
END OF SECTION 22 11 16
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16-5
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 11 16-6
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 22 13 16
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 0010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section.
1. Extent of sanitary waste and vent piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: Fabricate and install domestic water piping with Standard PDI-WH201.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s catalog cuts for each type of device to be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Floor Drains
1. Jay R. Smith 2. Jonespec 3. Josam 4. Wade 5. Watts 6. Zurn
2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with International and Uniform Plumbing Codes. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in sanitary waste and vent piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option.
B. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 22 0500 - Common Work Results for Plumbing.
C. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 22 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping.
2.03 PIPE:
A. Provide pipe materials meeting the following criteria and referenced standards:
1. Cast Iron Soil Pipe (C-Iron): Service class, bell and spigot, asphalt coated, ASTM A74. 2. No-Hub Cast Iron Soil Pipe (C-Iron NH): Service class, no hub, asphalt coated, CISPI 301 or ASTM A-888. 3. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): Schedule 40, DWV, ASTM D1785 and ASTM D2665. 4. Type K Copper (K Cu): Type K copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. 5. Type M Copper (M Cu): Type M copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
6. Brass (Brass): 17 gauge brass tube, chromium plated, ASTM B43. 7. Acid Resistant Fire-Retardant Polypropylene (FR PP): Schedule 40 drainage pipe. 8. Acid Resistant Polypropylene (PP): Schedule 40 drainage pipe. 9. Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC): Schedule 40, ASTM Cell Classification 23447, manufactured in accordance with ASTM F 2618.
B. Unless specifically prohibited by local codes, provide piping materials for systems indicated according to the following table:
Material C-Iron C-Iron PVC K Cu M Cu Brass FR PP PP CPVC NH Sanitary waste and vent X X X below slab Sanitary waste and vent above slab, up to and X X X Service including 2-1/2” Sanitary waste and vent X X X X above slab, 3” and larger Exposed fixture X connections
2.04 FITTINGS:
A. Material and strength of fittings for sewer pipe, conform to pipe as per ASTM Standards.
B. PVC pipe fittings (below grade sanitary sewer): Provide fittings produced and recommended for the service indicated by manufacturer of piping.
C. PVC DWV pipe fittings: ASTM D2665 DWV Schedule 40 socket type. Provide fittings produced and recommended for the service indicated by manufacturer of tubing. Solvent cements as per ASTM 2564.
D. Copper drainage tube: Cast bronze fittings, solder joint fittings. ANSI B16.23.
E. Brass pipe: Cast bronze screwed, 125 pound, flat band water pattern, chromium plated, for chromium plated pipe.
2.05 JOINTS
A. Cast iron bell and spigot soil pipe: Pack joints with oakum, fill with molten lead at one pouring, caulk solid flush with hub rim. If approved by Code, pre-set plastic or neoprene joint may be used, ASTM C 564.
B. Cast iron no-hub pipe: Coupling assembly tightened by torque wrench, CISPI 310, ASTM C 564.
C. PVC pipe fittings (below grade sanitary sewer): Listed compression type joints.
D. PVC DWV pipe: Solvent cement in accordance with ASTM D2564.
E. Copper drainage tube: Use non-corrosive 50-50 solder, cut pipe square, clean, ream and polish tube ends and inner surface of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings. Use same method for copper refrigerant pipe, except use silver solder with 5% silver content, or equal strength brazing alloy.
2.06 FLOOR DRAINS
A. Shall be of the style as called for in fixture schedule.
B. Drains without integral traps shall have service class p-traps.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
2.07 CLEANOUTS
A. In floors of finished areas: cast iron caulking ferrule for soil pipe hub with brass countersunk plug and cast brass round flush access cover with polished top.
B. In floors of unfinished areas: cast iron with tapered body for caulking into soil pipe hub, with brass countersunk plug.
C. In walls of finished areas: cast brass raised head plug and round stainless steel cover plate with polished top and countersunk cover screw. Provide with caulking ferrule where installed in cast iron soil pipe.
D. In walls of unfinished areas: cast brass raised head, iron pipe size male threads. Provide with caulking ferrule where installed in iron soil pipe.
E. In floors of areas subject to vehicular travel: cast iron with tapered body for caulking into soil pipe hub, with brass countersunk plug. Weight rated for fork truck and heavy traffic duty.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which sanitary waste and vent piping systems materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General: Install basic materials and products as required per manufacturer =s recommendations, International and Uniform Plumbing Codes, local code requirements and as required to meet the intent of the documents.
B. No soil or waste pipe shall be covered by earth or construction without first being proved free of leaks by a hydrostatic test of at least 10 feet head.
C. Install vents in practical alignment and supported with constant pitch back to the drainage system, concealed from finished spaces, unless shown or directed otherwise.
D. Soil, waste and vent connections to fixtures shall be accurately located and concealed from finished spaces, unless indicated otherwise.
E. Connections to horizontal branches shall be at 45 deg. angle using Wye or Tee-Wye. Connection to vertical stacks shall be with Sanitary Tee or Tee-Wye at 45 deg.
3.03 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
A. Install pipe for all sanitary waste and vent systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and as specified herein.
B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork.
C. Provide proper support to maintain uniform fall of 1/4" per foot for lines 3" and smaller and 1/8" per foot for lines 4" and larger. Protect all openings against the entrance of dirt. Where piping must cross footings, the piping shall cross under footings unless noted otherwise on the drawings.
D. Check all piping for interference with other trades, avoid placing water pipes over electrical equipment.
E. Where rough-in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough-in dimension with owner or equipment supplier before roughing-in.
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
F. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 22 0500 - Common Work Results for Plumbing.
G. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 22 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping.
H. Field Quality Control
1. Piping Tests: Test sanitary waste and vent piping in accordance with testing requirements of Division-22 Basic Materials and Methods, Section 22 0010 - Plumbing General Provisions.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS
A. Provide a cleanout at the base of each stack where the sewer leaves the building and at other points where required by code and good practice. Cleanout spacing shall not exceed 50'-0" on long runs. Cleanouts shall be the same size as pipe up to and including 4" and 4" for 4" or larger pipes. Cleanouts for concealed pipes shall be set flush with floor and wall surfaces.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF FLOOR DRAINS
A. Obtain exact finish floor levels from the General Contractor and set floor drain top rims accurately to proper level. Allow for proper slope towards drains.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES
A. Refer to Section 22 4000 - Plumbing Fixtures and 22 4700 - Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers.
END OF SECTION 22 13 16
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 22 40 00
PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 0010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the plumbing fixture installation as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Fixtures, trim and accessories shall be of type and model numbers as scheduled on the drawings.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit catalog cuts giving manufacturer's model numbers, fixture and rough-in dimensions, and construction material for each type of fixture, trim and accessory scheduled.
B. Furnish rough-in information that impacts other trades to General Contractor for distribution to other sub- contractors. This includes, but is not limited to, sink cut out templates, shower/tub framing dimension drawings, electrical power rough-in dimension drawings, etc.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping and valves shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Vitreous China Fixtures
1. American Standard 2. Crane 3. Eljer 4. Kohler 5. Zurn 6. Sloan
B. Trim
1. American Standard 2. Chicago Faucet 3. Delta 4. Eljer 5. Elkay 6. Kohler 7. T & S Brass Works 8. Sloan
C. Flush Valves
1. Sloan - Royal Series 2. Zurn – Aquavantage Series
PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
D. Closet Seats
1. Beneke 2. Church 3. Olsonite 4. Sperzel 5. Comfort Seats 6. Bemis Commercial 7. ProFlo
E. Thermostatic Mixing Valves
1. Leonard 2. Powers 3. Symmons 4. Apollo 5. Lawler
2.02 VITREOUS CHINA FIXTURES
A. Vitreous ware shall be non-absorbant, even color, unwarped, two-fired vitreous china, grade "A" as rated by the Bureau of Standards.
B. Vitreous fixtures shall be white, except where other colors are called for in the schedule.
2.03 TRIM
A. Trim to include supply pipes, stop valves, faucets, tail pieces, strainers, waste and traps. Floor and wall plates shall be brass. Exposed trim shall be chrome plated.
B. Potable water supply piping and fixtures (excluding toilets, urinals, fill valves, flush valves, and shower valves) shall meet the certification requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 – Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content.
C. Stop valves shall be compression type with loose key control.
D. P-trap shall be adjustable 18 gauge tubular brass. Where offset P-traps are required for handicapped accessible lavatories, offset and P-trap shall be insulated with Handi Lav-Guard by Truebro, or equal. When supply risers are exposed, they shall be insulated with Handi Lav-Guard by Truebro, or equal.
E. Trim shall be considered "exposed" even when concealed behind base cabinets having doors.
F. Mixing valve, transformer, or piping under the counter shall be covered with Lav-Shield by Truebro or equal in areas where a cabinet does not cover them.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install fixtures and make water supply, waste and vent connections as indicated on the drawings.
3.02 Set fixtures in center of stalls, between partitions where required. Dimensions for spacing shall be verified with General Contractor. Fixtures in ADA accessible stalls shall be installed with the flush valve handle to the open side of the stall, where applicable.
3.03 Setting shall be absolutely tight and rigid on proper ground. Use Miracle Adhesive Corporation Tub-Caulk or approved equal pointing material under all setting surfaces.
3.04 Wall hung fixtures shall be securely hung. All wall hung fixtures shall have carriers unless other mounting means are approved by Design Professional. Mounting heights shall be as indicated on Architectural elevations, and in accordance with the requirements of the ADA.
PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
3.05 Chair carriers shall be securely braced to construction and shall be concealed with feet concealed in floor. Where feet cannot be concealed in floor, provide stub feet. Carriers for urinals shall have thrust bolts at bottom. Carriers for lavatories and electric water coolers shall have mounting plate type hanger or concealed arms as required by the fixture schedule. Carriers shall be coordinated with plumbing fixtures.
3.06 Fixtures shall be covered after they are set to prevent damage during the balance of construction. At the conclusion of work, the covering shall be removed and the fixtures properly cleaned.
3.07 Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the fixtures until acceptance by Owner. Damaged fixtures shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner.
3.08 Joints of lavatories with counter and/or wall, sinks with wall, urinals with wall and water closets with wall and/or floor shall be caulked with transparent silicone caulk by Contractor.
END OF SECTION 22 40 00
PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 22 47 00
DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 22 0010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the plumbing fixture installation as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Fixtures, trim and accessories shall be of type and model numbers as scheduled on the drawings.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit catalog cuts giving manufacturer's model numbers, fixture and rough-in dimensions, and construction material for each type of fixture, trim and accessory scheduled.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Electric Water Coolers
1. Elkay 2. Halsey Taylor 3. Haws 4. Oasis 5. Sunroc/Western
2.02 ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS
A. Refer to Plumbing Fixture Schedule for models and accessories.
B. Provide with factory wired 3-prong power cord(s) for unit power.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install fixtures and make water supply, waste and vent connections as indicated on the drawings.
3.02 Fixtures shall be covered after they are set to prevent damage during the balance of construction. At the conclusion of work, the covering shall be removed and the fixtures properly cleaned.
3.03 Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the fixtures until acceptance by Owner. Damaged fixtures shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION 22 47 00
DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS 22 47 00-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS 22 47 00-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 23 00 10
HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. Refer to Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section applies to all work under the HVAC contract. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:
1. Piping Insulation 2. Ductwork for Air Distribution 3. Grilles, Registers, Diffusers and Dampers 4. Thermostats and Control Wiring 5. Insulation of Ducts and Plenums 6. Hydronic Piping
B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and properly functioning HVAC systems.
C. Drawings for HVAC work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and materials.
D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements, make such changes without additional cost to Owner.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fittings may not be shown, but where such items are required by other sections of the specifications, or where they are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed.
F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft.
G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft.
1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards:
1. International Mechanical Code 2. Wisconsin State Plumbing Code 3. International Building Code 4. National Electric Code (NEC) 5. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) 6. Local Utility Company Requirements 7. Local Codes, all trades 8. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA 9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 10. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) 11. Iowa Administrative Codes 12. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)
B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.
HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted.
1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection with the HVAC work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility.
1.05 HVAC DRAWINGS
A. The HVAC drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor shall examine construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations.
B. Drawings are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general arrangement and locations of ducts, piping and equipment.
C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of piping and ducts so as to best fit the layout of the work.
D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions: scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and valves may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications, such items shall be furnished and installed.
1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to beginning work in that area.
B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain.
C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures.
D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.
1.07 SITE INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles.
B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's failure to make this inspection.
1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.
B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.
HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in either of them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by Design Professional and his decision will be final.
D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition.
E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided.
F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect.
1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Piping, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, sleeve, and/or duct shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where piping, sleeves and ducts pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk.
B. Existing Structure:
1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports as required for openings. 2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings. 3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required.
1.10 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item. Where two or more units are required of the same item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.
B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.
1.11 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall furnish, to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements.
B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.
HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below.
D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review.
E. Submit required information on the following items:
CERTIFICAT O & M E OF OTHER SPEC DETAIL PROD INSTALL MANUA DEMON- (SEE SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGS DATA SAMPLES METHODS L STRATION NOTES) 23 0593 Testing, Adjusting and 1 Balancing for HVAC 23 0700 HVAC Insulation X 23 0900 Building Automation System X X X 23 2113 Hydronic Piping: Manual Balancing Valves X Strainers X 23 3113 Metal Ducts X X 1 23 3300 Air Duct Accessories X 23 3713 Diffusers, Registers and X Grilles 23 8233 Convectors and Radiant X Heaters NOTES: 1. Submit test reports as described in specification section.
F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications.
G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications.
1.12 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01.
B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution.
1.13 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.
B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer.
HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility for maintenance), operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.
D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.
1.14 WARRANTY
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 for information on warranties and correction of work within the warranty period.
1. If a warranty or warranty period are not defined in Division 00 or 01, then the start of all warranty periods shall be the date of Substantial Completion and the length of the warranty shall be for one year. a. If construction is phased with distinct and separate Substantial Completion dates for portions of the building and/or systems, separate warranties shall be provided for each of these phased areas and/or systems. b. The entire HVAC system, including all sub-systems, shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for the duration of the warranty period. Any malfunctions or defects which occur within the warranty period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranty.
B. Refer to other Division 23 sections for systems, equipment, or material requiring extended warranties beyond one year.
C. The date of systems/equipment startup or equipment/material shipment to the site shall not be considered the notable date with relation to the warranty of that item. All systems, equipment, material, etc., shall have the same start date with respect to the warranty period.
D. Systems, equipment or material put into use to facilitate construction activities (e.g. testing and balancing, commissioning, temporary conditioning, etc.) prior to the start of the warranty period shall not impact the length of the warranty in any way.
1.15 COMPLETION
A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready for normal use by Owner.
B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion.
1.16 CLEANING
A. Prior to assembly of pipe and piping components, all loose dirt, scale, oil, and other foreign matter on internal and exterior surfaces shall be removed by means consistent with good piping practices. During fabrication and assembly, slug and weld splatter shall be removed from both internal and external pipe joints by preening, chipping, and wire brushing.
B. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be cleaned internally. Prior to flushing erected piping surfaces, Contractor shall disconnect all instrumentation and equipment and open wide all valves.
C. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units.
D. Heating and air conditioning equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and clean filters installed.
HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10-5
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.17 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Refer to Division 23 Controls section for control system wiring. Control wiring shall be done in accordance with the requirements of Division 26.
B. Control wiring, where not exposed, may be installed without conduit. Wiring in ducts, plenums and other air handling spaces shall be specifically listed for the use. All exposed control wiring and wiring behind inaccessible construction (such as in walls and above drywall ceilings) shall be routed in blue conduit. All wall penetrations shall be sleeved with blue conduit. Installation shall comply with all code requirements.
1.18 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Refer to Division 01 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities.
END OF SECTION 23 00 10
HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 23 00 10-6
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 23 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section includes the following:
1. Demolition 2. Escutcheons 3. Fire Stopping
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS
A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from the site by him, unless otherwise specified.
2.02 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces. Escutcheons shall fit around insulation or around pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to sleeve but not to insulation with set screws or other approved devices.
2.03 FIRESTOPPING
A. Piping, conduit, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, conduit, sleeve, and/or duct shall be sealed with UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DEMOLITION
A. General:
1. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be performed. 2. Contractor shall remove existing equipment and piping not necessary for additions or existing portions of building as indicated on drawings and/or specified herein. To include all abandoned equipment and piping back to point of origin. Demolition of equipment shall include removal associated concrete equipment pad and/or support steel. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for the cutting and capping of all existing services before any work is commenced by the General Contractor.
B. Work by Others: Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Contractor shall assume all required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others:
1. General Contractor will remove any floors, walls and ceilings, neatly patch, match, complete and finish all affected surfaces. 2. Electrical Contractor will disconnect all electrical services and remove abandoned conduit back to point of origin.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. Existing Conditions:
1. If any piping serving existing fixtures or equipment which are to remain are disturbed by operations under this Contract, Contractor shall provide pipe and insulation required to reestablish continuity of such piping systems. 2. Contractor shall arrange for General Contractor to repair, patch and paint all construction, with material necessary to match surrounding material, which is necessary due to removal of equipment and piping. 3. Contractor shall furnish all required labor and material where required to extend new work to connect to similar work where new addition adjoins existing building and for extension of existing system. Connection shall be made in a suitable manner.
D. Owner's Right of Salvage: The Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material herein demolished by the Contractor.
3.02 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces.
END OF SECTION 23 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 23 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install hangers, supports, anchors, guides and seals as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Types of supports, anchors and seals specified in this section include the following:
1. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports. 2. Hanger-Rod Attachments. 3. Building Attachments. 4. Saddles and Shields. 5. Miscellaneous Materials.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable plumbing and mechanical codes pertaining to product materials and installation of supports, anchors and seals.
B. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products which are Underwriters Laboratories listed and Factory Mutual approved.
C. ANSI Compliance: All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the ANSI Code for Pressure Piping B31.1.0 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES (Reference Catalog Figure numbers from Anvil)
A. Pipe support systems shall secure pipes in place, prevent pipe vibration, provide vertical adjustment for maintaining required grades, and provide for expansion and contraction.
B. Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. They shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being induced into the pipe or connected equipment.
C. Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps.
D. Wherever possible, structural attachments shall be beam clamps.
E. All rigid hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection.
F. Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only. At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing.
G. Hangers shall be designed so that they cannot become disengaged by movements of the supported pipe.
H. Where supports are attached to concrete or other structural members, care shall be taken to prevent damage or weakening of the structural members.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
I. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, (Fig. 167) in conjunction with hanger or roll device
J. Hangers and supports that are in direct contact with copper piping shall be copper plated or have nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION - HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT
A. Steel and copper pipe shall be supported at a maximum span of 10 feet for all pipe sizes, with hanger rods sized accordingly for total supported weight. For 1/2 in. copper tube, maximum spacing shall be 8 feet.
B. In addition to the above specified spacings, install additional hangers at change in pipe direction and at concentrated loads, large valves, strainers, etc.
C. When two or more pipes are to be run parallel together, they may be supported on trapeze type hangers. Trapeze bar angles or channels and hanger rods shall be of sufficient size with required spacing to support the particular group of pipes.
D. For suspending hanger rods from brackets attached to walls; use welded steel brackets, Fig 194 for loads up to 750 lbs; Fig. 195 for loads up to 1,500 lbs; Fig. 199 for loads up to 3000 lbs.
E. Where pipes are to be racked along walls, use malleable iron one-hole clamp, Fig. 126 for pipes up to 3". For pipes larger than 3", use steel channel strut pipe rack.
3.02 PIPE ATTACHMENTS
A. For horizontal steel pipe, use adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. 260, for pipes up to 30".
B. For horizontal copper pipe and tube, use copper plated adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. CT-65.
3.03 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS
A. Hanger rods: use carbon steel single or double end threaded, Figs. 140 and 253 as required. Continuous threaded rod, Fig. 146, may be used wherever possible. Contractor may at his option cut and thread rod on the job site.
B. Chain, wire or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. One pipe shall not be suspended from another pipe.
C. Hangers shall be supported from appropriate structural members. In no case shall hangers be supported from ductwork, cable trays, piping, or other equipment. Existing hangers and supports shall not be used as supports for new hangers unless specifically designed as such, or additional loadings have been confirmed to be acceptable for existing supports.
3.04 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS
A. For attaching steel hanger rods to structural steel beams, use malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. 87, with retaining clip for loads up to 500 lbs.; Fig. 229 with extension piece for loads up to 1,365 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. CT-88, with hardened cup point set screw, for loads up to 400 lbs.
B. For attaching steel hanger rods to wood structural members, use malleable iron ceiling flange pipe threaded, Fig. 128 for loads up to 480 lbs., Fig. 153 for loads up to 1270 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron ceiling flange, Fig. CT-128R for loads up to 180 lbs.
C. Under no circumstances shall hangers be attached to metal roof deck.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
3.05 PIPE AND DUCT COVERING PROTECTION
A. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping and ductwork shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 165A, 166A, or 167 in conjunction with hanger or roll device.
END OF SECTION 23 0529
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 23 05 93
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
All testing and balancing to be provided by Owner under separate contract. This Section is provided for information only.
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of testing, adjusting and balancing work is indicated by requirements of this section, and also by drawings and schedules, and is defined to include, but is not necessarily limited to, air and hydronic distribution systems, domestic water circulation and associated equipment and apparatus of mechanical work. The work consists of setting speed and volume (including pulley changes as required), adjustments of system components, recording data, conducting tests, preparing and submitting reports, and recommending modifications to work as required by contract documents. Entering, navigating the Building Automation System in order to adjusting ‘K factors’ and related items is also required.
B. Immediately after the draft balancing report is complete the balancing contractor, controls contractor, and mechanical contractor shall schedule a meeting with the Design Professional and the owner to discuss every item in the report page by page. All items that do not meet engineering requirements or could not physically be balanced as required shall be coordinated and resolved prior to this meeting. No payments for balancing shall be requested or made until this meeting is held.
C. Component types of testing, adjusting and balancing specified in this section includes the following as applied to HVAC equipment:
1. Air Systems: a. Diffusers and Grilles 2. Water Systems: a. Coils
D. The Heating and Air Conditioning Contractor shall provide a complete and operating HVAC system and shall cooperate with the balancing agency by:
1. Installing balancing dampers as required by the Drawings and Specifications and requested by the Testing and Balancing Contractor. 2. Putting complete system into operation during duration of balancing period. 3. Providing up-to-date set of Drawings and advising immediately of any changes made to the system during construction. 4. Providing labor and equipment and cost of performing corrections, such as dampers, belts, etc., as required without undue delay. 5. Providing complete submittal information for all HVAC equipment, complete with pertinent engineering information.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) - National Standards for Field Measurement and Instrumentation, Total System Balance.
B. ASHRAE - HVAC Applications Handbook: Chapter 34, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. (Most recent edition).
C. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) - Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems.
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tester: A firm with at least 3 years of successful testing, adjusting and balancing experience on projects with testing and balancing requirements similar to those required for this project, who is not Installer of system to be tested and is otherwise independent of project.
B. TAB Agency Qualification: Current membership in AABC or certification by NEBB.
C. Test Equipment Criteria: The basic instrumentation requirements and accuracy/calibration required by AABC, National Standards or by NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems.
D. All testing and balancing contractors are to be approved by the Design Professional before bidding. The contractors approved to date are:
1. Environmental Systems Analysis, Inc Madison, Wisconsin (608) 221-8817
2. Badger Balancing, LLC Omro, Wisconsin (920) 685-2300
3. Professional System Analysis, Inc Germantown, Wisconsin (262) 253-4146
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Do not proceed with testing, adjusting and balancing work until work has been completed and is operable. Ensure that there is no latent residual work still to be completed.
B. Do not proceed until work scheduled for testing, adjusting and balancing is clean and free from debris, dirt and discarded building materials.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. The test-and-balance report shall be complete with logs, data, and records as required herein. All logs, data, and records shall be typed on white bond paper and bound. The report shall be certified accurate and complete by the balancing agency's certified test-and-balance engineer.
B. Submit electronic pdf file of the test-and-balance report to Design Professional.
C. The report shall contain the required data in a format selected by Balancing Contractor.
D. Report shall include the following information: (For all references to "design", specific information from shop drawings shall be incorporated.)
1. Duct Traverse: a. System zone/branch b. Duct size and area c. Velocity and airflow, design and actual d. Duct static pressure e. Air temperature and correction factor (if applicable) 2. Room Air Distribution Test Sheet: a. Air terminal number b. Room number/location c. Terminal type and size d. Area factor e. Velocity, design and actual f. Air flow, design and actual g. Percent of design air flow h. Air outlet differential pressure (for underfloor plenums)
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
3. Terminal Unit Heating Coil Data a. Identification/number b. Manufacturer and model c. Entering and leaving water temperature, design and actual d. Water flow, design and actual e. Differential pressure across balancing valves.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, use same products as used by original Installer for patching holes in insulation, ductwork and housings which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, including access for test instruments, attaching jibs, and similar purposes.
1. At Tester's option, plastic plugs with retainers may be used to patch drilled holes in ductwork and housings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 TESTING
A. Examine installed work and conditions under which testing is to be done to ensure that work has been completed, cleaned and is operable. Do not proceed with TAB work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Tester. Before initiating balancing work, Contractor shall verify that systems are complete and operable. Ensure the following:
1. Equipment is operable and in a safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Duct systems are clean of debris. 4. Volume dampers are in place and open. 5. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 6. Air outlets are installed and connected. 7. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 8. Service and balance valves are open.
B. Test, adjust and balance environmental systems and components, as indicated, in accordance with procedures outlined in applicable standards.
C. Coordinate TAB procedures with any phased construction completion requirements for the project. Systems serving completed phases of the project will require TAB for such phases prior to partial final inspections.
D. Allow sufficient time in construction schedule for TAB and submission of reports prior to partial final inspections.
E. Prepare report of test results, including instrumentation calibration reports, in format recommended by applicable standards. Draft report shall be sent to Design Professional for review prior to issuance to Owner.
F. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork and housings, which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, in manner recommended by original Installer.
G. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions, fan speed control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings at completion of TAB work. Provide markings with paint or other suitable permanent identification materials.
H. Prepare a report of recommendations for correcting unsatisfactory mechanical performances when system cannot be successfully balanced; including, where necessary, modifications which exceed requirements of contract documents for HVAC work.
I. The test and balance agency shall perform the following tests and balance the air system in accordance with the following requirements (provide written substantiating data):
1. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM, supply, return, and exhaust.
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
2. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille and register within 10% design requirements. 3. In reading and tests of diffusers, grilles and registers, include design velocity and final velocity, when required, and design CFM and final CFM after adjustments. 4. In cooperation with the control manufacturer's representative, set adjustments of all controllers to operate as specified, indicated and/or noted. 5. Flow Rate Tolerances: a. Applications which do not require differential pressure control: -10% to +10%. 1) Negative zones a) Supply air: 0 to -10% b) Exhaust and return air: 0 to +10%
J. The test and balance agency shall perform the following tests and balance the water system in accordance with the following requirements (provide written substantiating data):
1. Balance system with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfer elements. 2. Coordinate the setting of controls to maintain coil water inlet design temperatures, with coil valves positioned for full flow through coil during adjustment. Balance individual water coils at full flow to maintain temperature differential specified. 3. Mark settings of all balancing cocks at required positions. Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point. 4. Flow Rate Tolerances: a. Two-pipe system coils: -10% to +10%
K. Where balancer has a question regarding appropriate system configuration for balancing, balancer should contact Design Professional for clarification.
END OF SECTION 23 05 93
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 23 07 00
HVAC INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install insulation to all hot and cold surfaces of piping, ductwork, tanks, fittings and other surfaces as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets, adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire and other materials as required to complete the insulating work.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Conditioned Space: an area inside the building which is heated and/or cooled.
B. Tempered Space: an area inside the building which is not directly heated or cooled, but is adjacent to a heated or cooled space with no insulation separating the two spaces (e.g., ceiling plenums).
C. Untempered Space: an area inside the building which is not conditioned and is not tempered (e.g., attic spaces).
D. Exterior: An area outside the building (e.g., roof mounted items).
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NFPA Compliance: Insulating materials, jackets, mastics, etc., shall meet flame spread and smoke developed ratings in accordance with NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating of not more than 25, smoke developed rating of not more than 50 as tested by ANSI/ASTM E84 (UL 723) (NFPA 255) method. All accessory items such as PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement tape and cloth shall have the same component ratings as specified above.
B. Installation of insulation materials shall be in accordance to the latest edition of MICA/NIAC National Commercial & Industrial Standards for the appropriate material application.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of HVAC insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and furnished accessories for each HVAC system requiring insulation.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products.
B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and HVAC damage. Do not install damaged insulation; remove from project site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Insulating Materials
1. Owens/Corning Fiberglass Corp.
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
2. Armacell. 3. Pittsburgh Corning Corp. 4. CertainTeed Corp. 5. Knauf Fiber Glass 6. John's-Manville Corp. 7. Aeroflex
B. Mastics and adhesives as recommended by insulation manufacturer.
2.02 PIPE INSULATION
A. Type 'A': Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation and factory applied vapor barrier, all service jacket with pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Suitable for operating temperatures from 0 to +850 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning 25 ASJ/SSL.
2.03 FITTING INSULATION
A. Type 'A1': Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, or with pre-molded fiberglass wired in place and covered with all-service jacket or low smoke PVC fitting covers. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, wired in place and covered with all-service jacket.
2.04 DUCT INSULATION
A. Duct Covering: Johns Manville Microlite Standard or equivalent firberglass duct wrap with factory applied Foil Scrim Kraft (FSK) vapor barrier jacket, 1.0 pound per cubic foot density.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Use only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough work will be rejected. Application details shall be in accordance with the insulating materials supplier's recommendations except where a higher standard is specified. All surface finishes shall be extended in such a manner as to protect all raw edges, cuts and surfaces of insulation.
B. All piping shall be insulated unless specifically noted otherwise. Piping not noted in the table below shall be insulated with thicknesses matching ASHRAE 90.1 based on the fluid temperatures.
3.02 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Do not insulate the following:
1. Valve bonnets 2. Unions in hot piping 3. TC valve operators
B. Inspect all piping and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing contractor has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of insulation.
C. Covering for "cold" pipes shall pass unbroken through hanger clevises, sleeves, etc. All details of covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and uncompressed insulation is provided as required to prevent condensation. The same covering and hanging detail shall be used for pipes connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures to avoid metal contact between pipes and hangers.
D. Insulation at removable heads, strainer plugs, and other access points shall be fabricated in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removable insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier.
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
E. Use hydraulic insulating cement anywhere insulation fibers are exposed, to fill voids, and to repair damages to the factory applied vapor barrier. Finish with material matching or compatible with adjacent jacket material.
3.03 DUCT INSULATION APPLICATION
A. Unless specifically indicated to not be insulated, all ductwork and accessories shall be either lined or covered. Duct systems not listed or without a type or thickness indicated on the plans shall be insulated with 1-1/2” wrap.
3.04 DUCT COVERING INSTALLATION
A. Inspect all ductwork and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing contractor has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of insulation.
B. Covering shall be cut slightly longer than circumference of duct to insure full thickness at corners. All insulation shall be adhered with edges tightly banded, and shall be adhered to duct with fire resistant adhesive. Adhesive shall be applied so that insulation conforms to duct surfaces uniformly and firmly.
C. In addition to the adhesive, the insulation shall be additionally secured to the bottom of all ducts 18" or wider by means of grip nails and speed clips. The protruding ends of the pins shall be cut off flush after the speed clips have been applied. The vapor barrier facing shall be thoroughly sealed with a vapor barrier mastic and tape where the pins have pierced through.
D. Insulation for "cold" ducts and accessories shall pass unbroken through hangers, sleeves, fire dampers, flexible connectors, reheat coils, etc. as required to prevent condensation. All details of covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and uncompressed insulation is provided. The same covering and hanging detail shall be used for ducts connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures to avoid metal contact between ducts and hangers. Insulation Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with equipment suppliers as required to ensure continuous covering of unlined equipment components, i.e. VAV terminal unit supply collar and exposed reheat coil u-bends, fan coil unit discharge, etc.
E. Insulation at all access points shall be fabricated in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removable insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier.
3.05 PIPE INSULATION APPLICATION
Service Type Insulation and Thickness* Above Ground Piping
Hot water heating lines, supply and return Type A and A1: 1-1/4” and smaller - 1-1/2” thick 1-1/2” and larger - 2” thick
END OF SECTION 23 07 00
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 23 09 00
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements Division 22 – Plumbing, Division 23 – HVAC, Division 26 – Electrical, Division 27 – Telecommunications, and Division 28 – Electronic Safety and Security are applicable to work required of this section.
B. Coordination:
1. Coordination Required by BAS Contractor: The BAS Contractor shall provide all required information, material, direction and installation instructions to the designated contractor as required to allow this work to be completed in a timely/cost effective manner. This includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Coordinate with the HVAC and Plumbing Piping Contractor prior to the installation of piping on site: 1) Locations of and pipe size transitions for all sensors, control valves, etc., ensuring accurate readings/operation and required access. b. Coordinate with Testing and Balancing Contractor: 1) Provide support and coordination with Testing and Balancing (TAB) Contractor for all interfaces between controls and TAB scope of work. Provide all devices and timely access to the BAS for TAB Contractor use in completing TAB procedures. c. Coordinate with Electrical Contractor: 1) Quantities and locations of additional junction boxes required for controls components installed in electrical wiring systems (e.g. current sensor, relays, etc.). 2. Work by Others: The following incidental work shall be furnished by the designated under the supervision of the BAS Contractor. a. HVAC and Plumbing Piping Contractor shall: 1) Install automatic valves that are specified to be supplied by the BAS Contractor.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish and install a complete fully functioning BAS including all necessary hardware and all operating and applications software necessary to perform the control sequences of operation as called for in this specification and on the plans. The BAS Contractor shall include all items not specifically itemized in these specifications that are necessary to implement, maintain, and operate the system in compliance with the functional intent of these specifications. The BAS shall be a complete system designed for use on Intranets and the Internet. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the Owner without disruption to any of the other activities taking place on that LAN.
B. Manage and coordinate the BAS system work in a timely manner in consideration of the project schedule. Coordinate cooperatively with the associated work of other trades so as to assist the progress and not impede or delay the work of associated trades.
1.03 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The control system shall be installed by competent control mechanics and electricians employed by the BAS Contractor. BAS Contractor is responsible for all work performed by their subcontractors.
B. All bidders must be BAS Contractors in the business of installing direct digital control building automation systems for a minimum of 3 years. BAS Contractors must also have a minimum of five completed projects of similar size and complexity that have been in operation at least one year with the product line that will be used on this project. Any request for substitution must include a list of projects and completion dates to demonstrate compliance with this requirement.
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. The BAS system shall be provided by a single source manufacturer offering a full line of controllers. This system shall be furnished, engineered, and installed by the manufacturer’s local branch office or the manufacturer’s locally authorized representative. BAS Contractor shall have factory trained technicians to provide instruction, routine maintenance, and emergency service within 24 hours upon receipt of request.
D. Control system components shall be the manufacturer’s latest standard of design at the time of bid and in conformance with the following applicable standards for products specified.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The building automation system and components shall meet the following regulatory requirements:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM. 2. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, IEEE. 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association, NEMA. 4. Electronics Industries Alliance, EIA. 5. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA. 6. National Electrical Code, NEC. 7. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air-Conditioning Engineers, ASHRAE, (ASHRAE Standard 135 The BACnet Standard). 8. American National Standards Institute, ANSI (ANSI 568 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard). 9. Underwriters Laboratory, UL (UL 916 Energy Management Systems). 10. FCC Regulation, Part 15. 11. Local building codes.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. The following shall be submitted for approval prior to commencing construction of the BAS:
1. Contractor Qualifications: Document compliance with qualification requirements listed above. Include names, email addresses, and phone numbers of the project manager, primary programmer, electrical sub-contractor, and other team members. 2. BAS Design Submittal, including: a. A bookmarked PDF with bookmarks for each plan sheet with title and number, each schedule, and each product cut sheet with appropriate description. b. A table of contents listing sheet titles and sheet numbers. c. BAS network architecture diagrams including all controllers, repeaters, gateways, interconnections, etc. d. Schematics with accurate arrangement of devices as they relate to the equipment. e. Sequences and points lists as intended to be installed and programmed. A direct copy of the sequences and points lists from the plans will not be acceptable. f. Points schedule for each physical point shown on the schematics, including: tag, point type, system name and display units. g. Point-to-point wiring diagrams including start-stop arrangement for each piece of equipment, equipment interlocks, controller wiring terminal numbers and any special connection information required for properly controlling the HVAC equipment. h. Control valve schedules including a separate line for each valve and a column for each of the valve attributes: associated system, associated equipment, part number, configuration, fail position, pipe size, valve size, valve type, valve material, close off pressure, capacity, valve CV, calculated CV, design pressure, actual pressure, and actuator type. i. Product cut sheets including manufacturer’s catalog data describing each item of control equipment or component provided and installed for the project. Cut sheets shall include performance data as applicable (e.g. valve Cv, damper pressure drops, operating range, sensor accuracy, sensor units, sensor, sensor hysteresis, sensor stability, etc.).
1.06 SOFTWARE LICENSES
A. Provide required copies of all licenses for software, including software licenses on local workstations and software loaded or embedded into controllers or other network devices. BAS licensing shall allow for unlimited access to the system; no restrictions shall be placed on the licensing. All software used by the Contractor to install the system or needed to operate the system to its full capabilities shall be licensed and provided to the Owner.
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.07 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide a warranty on the new parts of the system. Refer to 23 0010 for warranty requirements. Provide an extended five (5) year warranty on all control valves and control valve actuators.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable manufacturers are as follows:
1. Trane - Madison Branch Office
2.02 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
A. The complete electronic BAS system may be comprised of the following levels of control devices.
1. Operator Workstation includes the hardware and software necessary for an operator to interface with the control system. 2. Central File Server shall store all data required by the system and be permanently connected to the network. 3. Network Controller(s) are used for high level global programming functions and system networking. 4. Local Controllers are for control of large primary HVAC systems such as air handling systems, heating hot water systems and chilled water systems. 5. Application Specific Controllers are dedicated for specific equipment such as VAV boxes, fan coils, and heat pumps. 6. Repeaters are used for communication signal enhancement along the Tier 2 network. 7. Gateways are used to allow communication between two different communication protocols. 8. Network thermostats dedicated to specific equipment such as VAV boxes, fan coils, or heat pumps, etc. 9. Field devices include, but are not limited to, electronic sensors, valves, actuators, switches, relays, and transducers. 10. Tier 1 level network is the main backbone of the system and shall be an Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN). All network controllers, the Operator Workstation, and the Central File Server shall be connected directly to this network without the need for gateway devices. 11. Tier 2 level networks are the communication busses managed by the network controllers. Local Controllers and Application Specific Controllers shall reside on a Tier 2 communication bus without any third-party controllers. All third-party controllers shall reside on a Tier 2 communication bus dedicated to third-party controllers.
B. Data throughout any level of the network shall be available to and accessible by all other devices, controllers, the Central File Server, and the Operator Workstation.
C. Interruptions or faults at any point on the network shall not interrupt communications between other nodes on the network.
D. The BAS network shall support both copper and optical fiber communication media.
E. All line drivers, repeaters, signal conditioners, etc., shall be provided as necessary for proper data communication.
F. The system shall use the same application programming language for all levels.
G. The system shall be configured as a distributed processing network(s) capable and shall be scalable and expandable at all levels of the system using the same software interface and the same types of controllers. Systems that require replacement of either the workstation software or any controllers to expand the system shall not be acceptable.
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
2.03 OPERATOR INTERFACE
A. Dynamic Color Graphics: The system shall allow for the creation of user defined, color graphic displays for the viewing of HVAC, systems, electrical systems, building schematics, etc. These graphics shall contain point information from the database including any attributes associated with the point (engineering units, etc.). In addition, users with the appropriate security level shall be able to command equipment or change setpoints from a graphic through the use of the mouse. Requirements of the color graphic subsystem include:
1. An unlimited number of graphic displays shall be able to be generated and executed. 2. Graphics shall be based on vectorized technology and HTML5 programming language. Rasterized graphics and Java programming language are not acceptable. 3. Values of real time attributes displayed on the graphics shall be dynamic and updated on the displays. 4. The graphic displays shall be able to display and provide animation based on real-time BAS data that is acquired, derived, or entered. 5. Users with the appropriate security level shall be able to change values (setpoints) and states in system controlled equipment directly from the graphic display. 6. Provide a graphic editing tool that allows users with the appropriate security level to create and edit graphic files. It shall be possible to edit the graphics directly while they are on line, or at an off line location for later downloading to the controller. 7. BAS system shall be provided with a complete user expandable symbol library containing all of the basic symbols used to represent typical system components. Implementing these symbols in a graphic shall involve dragging and dropping them from the library to the graphic. 8. The following graphics, at a minimum, shall be provided: a. A graphic screen for all equipment connected to the BAS system. At a minimum, all points listed in the minimum points list on the plans shall be visible on the graphic screen. 1) Include a separate graphic screen for every individual piece of equipment. Where two or more pieces of equipment are redundant (e.g. system pumps), they may reside on the same graphic screen. 2) Where a reset or staging schedule is required, include the details of the reset schedule and staging schedule on the graphics. Indicate the current set point or stage as calculated by the reset or staging schedule. 3) Where a software button is required by the sequence, include the software button on the graphic. 4) All software points listed on the plans shall also be included on the graphic. b. Where redundant equipment is set up as lead/lag, the graphic screen shall include the ability for the user to switch the lead/lag positions.
2.04 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS
A. General: Each HVAC application specific controller shall be a stand-alone BAS controller. The controller shall include all hardware and software required for communications with the network controller. Unless noted otherwise, an individual application specific controller shall be dedicated for each terminal device.
B. Each application specific controller provided must be a BACnet device, supporting the BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) profile. Controllers that support a lesser profile such as B-SA are not acceptable. Local controllers shall be tested and certified by the BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) as Application Specific Controllers (B-ASC).
C. Hardware:
1. Operating Environment: The controller shall be capable of operating in an environment of 32 to 122 deg F and 10 to 90% relative humidity non-condensing. 2. Input/Output Modules: Provide with at least the minimum quantity of inputs and outputs as required by the sequence of operations and points list. a. Analog inputs shall accept industry standard analog signals (4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, etc.). b. Binary inputs shall detect contact closures. c. Universal inputs shall have functionality as either an analog or binary input. d. Digital outputs may be latched or momentary contact type. e. Analog outputs shall have a 1% resolution over total output span of 100%. f. Configurable outputs shall have functionality as either an analog or binary output.
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
3. Expandability: Provide input and output expansion capability through the use of plug-in modules. Where additional inputs or outputs are required for the specified application, provide the expansion module with the application specific controller.
D. Software:
1. Programming: The control program shall reside in the application specific controller. The application program shall be maintained in read only memory (ROM). The default database, i.e. setpoints and configuration information, shall be stored in electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM). Controllers requiring local setting of potentiometers or dip switches are not acceptable for programming functions. Dip switches for creating unique addresses for controllers are acceptable. 2. Auto-Calibration: All inputs shall feature an auto-calibrate function to eliminate sensing errors.
E. Failure Operation:
1. Automatic Restart After Power Failure: Upon restoration of power after an outage, the controller shall automatically and without human intervention: update all monitored functions, resume operation based on current, synchronized time and status, and implement special start-up strategies as required. 2. Stand-Alone Operation During Network Communication Failure: Controllers requiring the application or database to be downloaded from a host or share processing with a network controller shall not be acceptable. During a communication failure the application specific controller must run the control application using the current setpoints and configuration. 3. Failure of any application specific controller shall register as an alarm in the BAS.
2.05 FIELD DEVICES
A. Multi-Purpose Sensors:
1. All multi-purpose or combination sensors shall meet all requirements listed below for the individual sensors that are being combined into one unit. 2. Sensors are only allowed to be combined if shown in the exact same location on the controls schematics, HVAC plans, or elevations with no components between them.
B. Temperature Sensors:
1. General: a. All temperature devices shall use precision thermistors or RTD sensors accurate to +/- 1 degree F over a range of –30 to 230 degrees F, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Space Sensors and/or Thermostats: a. Sensors shall be available in an off-white ventilated enclosure, unless noted otherwise on the plans. Sensor shall be able to be mounted on a standard electrical box. b. Where indicated on the plans, the sensor housing shall feature both a mechanism for adjusting the space temperature set point and/or a push button for selecting after hours occupied operation. c. Where indicated on the plans, the sensor shall incorporate either an LED or LCD display for viewing the space temperature, set point, and other operator selectable parameters. Using built in buttons, operators shall be able to adjust set points directly from the sensor. Resolution shall be as indicated on the plans. d. Minimum sensing range shall be 32 to 100 deg. If a space is being controlled to a set point outside of this range, then a sensor appropriate for the application shall be provided. e. All sensors shall be the same appearance in the occupied and public areas of the building, but may have different options as required (set point adjustment, override button, etc.). Exceptions that would allow a different appearance include mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, storage rooms, vestibules, etc.
C. Control Valves:
1. General: a. Valves shall be packless and electrically actuated with true linear flow characteristics in relationship to valve opening.
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00-5
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
b. Valves shall meet the heating and cooling flow rates specified and close off against the differential pressure conditions for the system in which it is installed. c. Valves should be sized to operate accurately and with stability from 10 to 100% of the maximum design flow. 2. Hydronic Systems: a. Valves with a modulating actuator shall be sized for a 3 to 5 psi pressure drop at the design flow rate. b. Valve shall be 2-way.
D. Valve Actuators:
1. Actuators shall be electronic and shall be direct coupled over the shaft, without the need for connecting linkage. 2. Actuator shall have electronic overload circuitry to prevent damage. 3. Actuators shall be available with spring return to the normal position when required or as indicated on the plans. 4. Actuators shall have a position indicator for external indication of valve position. 5. Actuators shall have manual override capability. 6. Actuators shall be quick opening or slow opening as required by the application. 7. Actuators shall be able to completely close the valve against system pressure. 8. Actuators shall be two-position or modulating as required by the sequence of operations. 9. Actuators shall be compatible with the type of valve as indicated on the plans or elsewhere in the specifications (e.g. two-way vs. three-way, ball vs. butterfly, etc.).
2.06 CONTROL WIRING
A. The term "control wiring" is defined to include providing of wire, conduit, junction boxes, and miscellaneous materials as required for mounting and connecting electric or electronic control devices and network communication devices.
B. All control wiring and wiring connections required for the installation of the BAS system shall be provided by BAS Contractor unless specifically shown on the electrical or telecommunication drawings or called for in Division 26 or Division 27.
C. All control wiring shall comply with the requirements of local and national electrical codes.
D. Control wiring in ducts, air plenums, air moving equipment, and other air handling spaces shall be specifically listed for the use, including wiring provided with field devices.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Inspect and examine areas and conditions under which control systems are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer.
B. Install systems and materials in accordance with drawings and details, manufacturer's instructions, reviewed submittals, and contract documents. Install electrical components and use electrical products complying with requirements of applicable Division-26 sections of these specifications.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF CONTROLLERS
A. Install controllers in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions and with adequate clearance to allow for maintenance.
B. Install all controllers in a control panel enclosure. Control panels shall be of the type as indicated:
1. Controllers installed in interior locations shall be installed in a NEMA 1 enclosure.
C. Label all control panel enclosures with the system or equipment served. Network controllers shall be labeled to indicate the general areas of the building served. All labels shall match the designations on the as-built drawings, which shall match the equipment tags on the plans.
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00-6
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
D. Include a copy of the as-built point-to-point wiring diagrams and final programmed sequence inside each control panel enclosure.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF FIELD DEVICES
A. General:
1. Install all field devices where indicated on the plans and in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions and with adequate clearance to allow for proper operation, maintenance, and removal of the device. 2. Repair pipe insulation to maintain the integrity of the insulation vapor barrier. Use hydraulic insulating cement to fill voids and to repair damages to the factory applied vapor barrier. Finish with material matching or compatible with adjacent jacket material. 3. Repair duct insulation to maintain the integrity of the insulation vapor barrier. Use foil tape to repair damages to the factory applied vapor barrier. 4. Where a field device penetrates a duct or air moving equipment, seal around the penetration to prevent air leakage.
B. Room/Wall-mounted Sensors:
1. Install at the elevation indicated on the plans. 2. Install plastic guards over sensors with user adjustment where noted on the plans. 3. Provide insulated back panel where sensors are located on the inside face of an exterior wall or on a column enclosure.
C. Control Valves: Install so that the valve stem axis is vertical, with operator side up. Where vertical stem position is not possible, or would result in poor access, valves may be installed with stem horizontal. Do not install valves with stem below horizontal or down.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL WIRING
A. Control wiring concealed by accessible construction may be installed without conduit. Accessible locations include areas such as above accessible ceilings and below accessible floors. Control wiring shall not share cable tray with telecommunications wiring or raceways with any other trade. All wiring shall be neatly routed and tie-wrapped to structural components, supported at least every 4 feet. Excess wire shall be neatly coiled and secured to structure. Under no circumstances shall cable be supported by piping, conduit, ductwork, ceiling tile or ceiling support wires. Cable shall be neatly routed in line with building lines.
B. Install all control wiring to meet all manufacturer installation requirements, including not exceeding the maximum cable length, tension, or bend radius. At all building expansion joints, provide means for movement of wiring and conduit that exceeds the expected movement of the building.
C. Label or color code each control wire at each end. Permanently label or code each point of all field terminal strips to show the instrument or item served. Color coded cable with cable diagrams may be used to accomplish cable identification.
D. Splices shall not be made in shielded wiring.
3.05 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE
A. System Verification and Testing Procedure: The BAS Contractor shall confirm the system is complete, including all controls installed, graphics complete, and software programs have been completely tested and exercised for proper equipment operation. BAS control panels shall be demonstrated via a functional end to end test such that:
1. All output channels shall be commanded (on/off, stop/start, adjust, etc.) and their operation verified. 2. All analog input channels shall be verified for proper operation. 3. All binary input channels shall be verified by changing the state of the field device and observing the appropriate change of displayed value. 4. If a point should fail testing, perform necessary repair action and retest failed point and all interlocked points. 5. Automatic control operation shall be verified by introducing an error into the system and observing the proper corrective system response. 6. Selected time and setpoint schedules shall be verified by changing the schedule and observing the correct response on the controlled outputs.
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00-7
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
B. System Demonstration: After the BAS Contractor has confirmed proper operation, acceptance testing will commence at a mutually agreeable time within ten (10) calendar days of the request. At that time, the BAS Contractor shall demonstrate the operation of the system to the Owner's Representative and Design Professional. Any issues are discovered during this demonstration shall be corrected.
END OF SECTION 23 09 00
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 23 09 00-8
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 23 21 13
HYDRONIC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section.
1. Extent of hydronic piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. 2. Insulation of hydronic piping is specified in other Division-23 sections, and is included as work of this section. 3. Installation of valves for hydronic piping system is specified in other Division-23 sections and is included as work of this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and install hydronic piping in accordance with ASME B31.9 "Building Services Piping".
B. IMC Compliance: Fabricate and install hydronic piping in accordance with the "International Mechanical Code".
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's submittal information including cut sheets, material data, and product specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manual Balancing Valves
1. Bell & Gossett 2. Tour & Andersson/Victaulic 3. IMI Flow Design Inc. (Flow Set) 4. Pro Hydronic Specialties 5. Griswold 6. NuTech Hydronic Specialty Products
B. Strainers
1. Keckley 2. Metraflex 3. Titan 4. IMI Flow Design Inc. (Autoflow) 5. Griswold 6. SF Equipment 7. Pro Hydronic Specialties
HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with ASME B31.9 "Code for Building Services Piping" where applicable, base pressure rating on hydronic piping system's maximum design pressures. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in hydronic piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option.
B. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 23 0500 - Common Work Results for HVAC.
C. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 23 0529 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping.
2.03 PIPE:
Material Service A. Copper water tube, hard temper, Heating water. ASTM B88. Type L. B. Black steel pipe, Heating water. Schedule 40, ASTM A53* * ASTM A53 is for normal use only.
2.04 FITTINGS:
A. Copper water tube cast bronze or wrought copper:
1. Solder joint type. ANSI B16.18 and B16.22-63.
B. Steel Pipe:
1. Threaded pipe (2” dia and smaller): Malleable iron fittings, 125 pound standard flat band water pattern.
2.05 JOINTS
A. Copper water tube:
1. Use non-corrosive 95-5 tin-antimony solder, cut pipe square, clean, ream and polish tube ends and inner surfaces of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings.
B. Steel Pipe:
1. Threaded pipe (2” dia and smaller): Make joints using Teflon tape applied to male threads only. Cut pipe square, cut threads clean, remove burrs and ream ends to full size of bore. For fuel piping and lubricating oil piping, joint sealing material shall be resistant to petroleum products.
2.06 NIPPLES AND UNIONS
A. All nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples.
B. For pipe 2" and smaller, use screwed unions, for pipe 2-1/2" and over use flanged unions. For steel pipe use black or galvanized malleable iron unions, to conform to pipe with ground joint. Cast iron flanged unions gasket type.
C. Install unions in the following locations so that a minimum amount of pipe need be disassembled:
1. Long runs, at intervals of 80 feet. 2. In by-pass around equipment, valves, and controls. 3. In connections to equipment.
HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
4. Where indicated on drawings.
D. Dielectric unions shall be installed between any connection of copper pipe and ferrous piping or equipment. In grooved piping systems, provide Clearflo by Victaulic.
2.07 MANUAL BALANCING VALVES
A. Provide calibrated manual balancing valves where indicated on the plans.
B. Construction:
1. 1/2" to 2" ball type valve with brass body and stainless steel ball construction, glass and carbon fitted TFE seat rings, extended readout ports with integral check valves and gasketed caps, drain port, calibrated nameplate and position indicator, memory stops, and NPT connectors, rated for 300 psig at 250 °F.
C. Valves to seal leak-tight at maximum rated working pressure.
D. Valves to be selected for 5 ft. pressure drop at full open setting and design water flow.
E. Provide identification, by metal tag with chain or visible sticker, providing zone identification and balanced flow rate (GPM).
2.08 STRAINERS
A. Strainers shall be Y-strainers with hose end drain valve with cap and chain (and shall be independent of isolation valve). ANSI Class 125 cast bronze or cast iron.
B. Y-strainers shall be 20 mesh stainless steel screen with removable cap.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which hydronic piping systems materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General: Install basic materials and products as required per manufacturer's recommendations, ASME B31.9 "Code for Building Services Piping", and as required to meet the intent of the documents.
B. Valves: Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems below horizontal.
C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 23 0500 - Common Work Results for HVAC.
D. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 23 0529 – Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
3.03 HYDRONIC PIPING
A. Install pipe for all hydronic systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and as specified herein.
B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork.
C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage.
HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
D. Check all piping for interference with other trades, avoid placing water pipes over electrical equipment.
E. Where rough-in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough-in dimension with owner or equipment supplier before roughing-in.
F. Install automatic temperature control valves and other items as called for to be installed in piping and furnished by Section 23 0900 - Building Automation System (BAS).
3.04 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. General: Connect hydronic piping system to mechanical equipment as indicated, and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. Install shutoff valve and union on supply and return, drain valve on drain connection.
B. Hydronic Terminals: Install hydronic terminals with valve and union on outlet; union, shutoff valve on inlet. Install manual air vent on element in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Locate valves and balancing cocks behind valve access doors for ease of maintenance. Where indicated, install automatic temperature control valve with unions between valve and element on supply line.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Piping Tests: Test hydronic piping in accordance with testing requirements of Division-23 Basic Materials and Methods, Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions.
3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Cleaning, Flushing and Inspecting: Clean, flush and inspect hydronic piping systems in accordance with requirements of Division-23 Basic Materials and Methods, Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions.
END OF SECTION 23 21 13
HYDRONIC PIPING 23 21 13-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 23 31 13
METAL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and erect ductwork as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Low velocity ductwork shall apply to the following:
1. Supply: Downstream of terminal units. 2. Return: Upstream of terminal units. 3. Exhaust: Upstream of terminal units. 4. Transfer: Less than 1” static pressure. 5. Outdoor & Relief: Upstream/Downstream of unit.
C. High velocity ductwork shall apply to the following:
1. Supply & Ventilation: Upstream of terminal units or velocity ≥ than 2,500. FPM 2. Return: Downstream of terminal units and/or ≥ than 2,500 FPM. 3. Exhaust: Downstream of terminal units and/or ≥ than 2,500 FPM.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Conditioned Space: An area inside the building which is heated and/or cooled.
B. Tempered Space: an area inside the building which is not directly heated or cooled, but is adjacent to a heated or cooled space with no insulation separating the two spaces (e.g., ceiling plenums).
C. Untempered Space: an area inside the building which is not conditioned and is not tempered (e.g., attic spaces).
D. Exterior: An area outside the building (e.g., roof mounted items).
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Duct and plenum construction, metal gauges, reinforcing, methods of supporting and hanging and other sheet metal work as called for shall be in accordance with the following standards:
1. "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards", most recent Edition, by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA).
B. Unless noted otherwise, all ductwork shall be provided with pressure class and leakage class as indicated and scheduled on the plans. If pressure or seal class is not indicated, ductwork shall be provided to meet the pressure class based on the scheduled capacity of the equipment it is served by or connected to and with seal class A.
C. NFPA Compliance: All liner and covering materials shall have maximum UL Flame Spread Index of 25, and maximum Smoke Developed Index of 50, and shall meet all requirements of NFPA-90A.
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit ¼” per foot scale shop fabrication shop drawings. a. Shop drawings shall include locations of all control devices, including dampers, airflow measuring stations, sensors, etc. Coordinate locations with the BAS Contractor prior to submitting shop drawings. Shop drawings shall include the BAS Contractor's submittal review stamp prior to submitting to the Design Professional for review. 2. Submit shop drawings of elbows and fittings showing static pressure loss charted for air quantities involved in each.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. Submit product data for each accessory/component for ducts/fittings including, but not limited to turning vanes, tie rods, sealants and balancing dampers.
C. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each type of mechanical insulation. Include this data in maintenance manual.
D. Certifications: Submit certifications or other data as necessary to show compliance with these specifications and governing regulations. Include proof of compliance for test of products for fire rating, corrosiveness, and compressive strength.
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA 90A: Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.
B. Underwriter's Laboratories, UL 181: Factory-Made Duct Materials and Air Duct Connections.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect shop-fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during shipping, storage and handling.
1. Stored materials subject to rejection due to damage.
B. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products.
C. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install damaged insulation; remove from project site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. All sheet metal work shall be constructed of prime quality re-squared tight coat galvanized steel, except where other type material is specified. Manufacturer's name and U.S. gauge number shall appear on each sheet.
B. Duct Lining Materials
1. Certain-Teed 2. Owens Corning Fiberglass 3. Johns-Manville 4. PPG 5. Knauf 6. Armacell
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
2.02 LOW VELOCITY DUCTWORK
A. General: Provide factory-fabricated or shop fabricated duct and fittings.
B. Materials:
1. Galvanized sheet steel complying with ANSI/ASTM A527, lockforming quality, with ANSI/ASTM A525, G90 zinc coatings, mill phosphatized.
C. Gauge: Comply with code requirements for minimum gauge thickness for various sizes.
D. Fittings:
1. Construct branches, bends, and elbows with centerline radius of not less than duct 1.0 times the width (diameter), where space conditions will not permit this radius or where indicated on drawings, square elbows with air turns shall be used. 2. Slopes for transitions or other changes in dimension shall be minimum 1:3. 3. Longitudinal seams shall be Pittsburgh Lock or snaplock equal per SMACNA. Lateral seams shall be slip drive or standing. Slip seams and sheet metal screws not permitted.
2.03 DUCT SEALING – LOW VELOCITY
A. All joints in low velocity duct work shall be sealed with Foster 32-14 or DuctMate ProSeal. Apply and install joint sealer per manufacturer’s recommendations. In general, apply to male end of coupling and/or interior of female fitting. After connection, brush sealant over the assembled joint and screws with a 2” to 3” wide band. Sealant shall be allowed to set for 48 hours before any air pressure is put on system. All tie bars, bolts and rivets shall be sealed with the specified sealant. Sealant as manufactured by 3M No. 800 or United Sheet Metal will be considered equal.
B. Duct Sealing Requirements: SMACNA Seal Class A.
2.04 DUCT LINER
A. Lining materials shall be Type 'A' Duct Liner, Certain-Teed Toughgard or equivalent, one and one half (1 1/2) pounds per cubic foot density or equal.
B. Unless specifically indicated to not be insulated, all ductwork and accessories shall be either lined or wrapped. Duct systems not listed or without a type or thickness indicated on the plans shall be insulated with 1-1/2” wrap.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve airtight and quiet systems, capable of performing each indicated service.
1. Install each run with minimum joints. 2. Align ductwork accurately at connections and with internal surfaces smooth. 3. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true-to-shape and prevent buckling and vibration.
B. Ducts shall be installed following essentially lines indicated on drawings, install offsets, angles and transitions as may be required to avoid interferences with other work. Maintain full capacity of ducts at offsets, angles and transitions except where drawings indicate use of reducing or increasing transitions.
1. General: Each duct section shall be rigidly supported from structure. Attach hangers to structure with expansion plugs, concrete inserts, beam clamps or other approved means. Rubber in-shear isolators shall be installed in hangers for all ducts in equipment rooms, to prevent vibration transmission to the structure.
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. Install hangers and supports in accordance with SMACNA Standards general locations:
1. Install hangers close to transverse joints of main ducts and branches, clinch collar branch connections and the first branch elbows after nested splits. 2. Locate hangers of duct penetrating walls or partitions as though the walls will contribute no support to the duct. 3. Install hangers in pairs on exact opposite sides of duct. 4. Maintain hanger spacing intervals less than, equal to, but not greater than the specified maximums. 5. Install hangers at the midpoint of small and medium size horizontal vaned square elbows. On wide vaned square elbows, install additional hangers at maximum allowable intervals or less measured along the heel lines of the elbows. 6. Provide a set of hangers at the midpoint of small and medium size horizontal radius elbows. Install one or more supplementary hangers, as necessary, along the inside and outside arcs of large radius elbows of any angle whenever the lengths of these arcs exceed the maximum hanger spacing length for that particular size duct. 7. Provide at least one set of hangers for short duct branches 3 feet or less in length. 8. Provide each duct riser with a minimum of two supports completely spanning the shaft opening at each floor. One pair of supports may be used to support more than one duct riser, provided that the strength of the supports is increased appropriately and proper additional supplementary steel is used at the extra risers. 9. Support duct risers, located between floors that are more than 15 feet high, at each floor and halfway points between floors. The distance between intermediate supports on very high floors should not exceed 12 feet. Intermediate hangers may be supported from an adjacent wall or hung by rods from supports on the floor above. 10. Provide one or more sets of hangers for equipment in duct runs such as heating coils, heat pumps, etc., as recommended by their manufacturers.
D. Locate duct hangers approximately:
1. 2 to 24 inches from flexible connections of fans. 2. 2 to 24 inches from the outlets or flexible connects of VAV control units or mixing boxes. 3. 12 to 36 inches from the main duct to the first hanger of long branch ducts. 4. 2 to 12 inches from the ends of all branch ducts and linear diffuser plenums. 5. 2 to 24 inches from fire damper breakaway joints. 6. 0 inches to half the duct width plus 2 inches from the vertical centerline of the lower elbow of short vertical offsets made with vaned square elbows. The width refers to the dimension of the elbow in the plane of the turn. 7. 0 inches to half the duct width plus 2 inches from the vertical centerline of the bottom and top elbows of vaned square elbow offsets over 8 feet high. 8. One-eighth of the arc in from the ends of bottom and top radius elbows of vertical offsets longer than 8 feet. Short vertical offsets require hangers at the bottom elbow. Likewise, sloping offsets need at least one set of hangers at their lower radius elbow. 9. 6 to 12 inches from transverse joints of ducts whose lengths are the same as specified hanger intervals. 10. 6 to 12 inches from one side of walls or partitions penetrated by ducts.
E. Maximum permitted hanger spacing:
1. Ducts with areas up to 4 square feet may have their hangers spaced up to 8 feet apart. 2. Ducts with areas 4.1 to 10 square feet may have their hangers spaced not more than 6 feet apart. 3. Ducts with areas over 10 square feet may have their hangers located up to 4 feet apart.
F. Provide and install locking manual volume dampers in all duct systems as required for controlling air volumes to trunk ducts, branch ducts, outlets and inlets. Provide and install additional volume dampers as required by Testing and Balancing Contractor for balancing of system.
G. All connections shall be sealed, including but not limited to branch connections, spin-ins, taps, access doors, access panels and connections to equipment. Openings for rotating shafts shall be sealed with bushings or other devices that seal off air leakage.
H. Duct sizes shown on drawings are net inside dimensions and sheet metal size shall be increased to allow for duct linings.
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
I. Install as indicated on the drawings all duct mounted equipment as specified in other sections.
J. Install eccentric reducers with tops of both duct sizes flush to maintain maximum ceiling space below ducts.
K. Openings:
1. Provide in ductwork to accommodate access doors, temperature control components and fire dampers. 2. Install access panels for inspection and servicing of all duct mounted equipment including, but not limited to: reheat coils, sound attenuators, motorized dampers, airflow measuring stations, smoke and fire dampers. 3. Provide pitot tube openings for testing of systems, complete with metal cap, with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. 4. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation materials inside metal collar.
L. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities.
M. Connections:
1. Connect duct to equipment with flexible fabric, sheet metal clips, screws and washers. 2. At each point where ducts pass through partitions, provide sleeve with space between duct and sleeve packed with insulation and sealed.
N. Where ducts pass through fire-rated walls, partitions, floors, and ceilings, seal openings in accordance with Specification Section 23 0500 - Common Work Results for HVAC.
3.02 DUCT LINER APPLICATION
A. Apply duct liner with coated or surface designed to be exposed facing the air stream and adhered with 100% coverage of fire retardant adhesive. When width exceeds 12" or height exceeds 24", additionally secure liner with mechanical fasteners spaced 12" maximum centers. Fasteners shall start within 3" of leading edge of traverse joints. Coat all exposed joints and edges of traverse joints with a fire retardant adhesive.
B. Duct sizes shown on drawings are net inside dimensions and sheet metal size shall be increased to allow for duct lining.
3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Cleaning:
1. Clean ductwork internally, as it is installed, of dust and debris. 2. Clean external surfaces of foreign substances which might cause corrosive deterioration of metal or where ductwork is to be painted.
B. Temporary Closure:
1. At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at time of ductwork installation or that are on-site but not yet installed, provide temporary closure of polyethylene film or other covering until time connections are to be completed.
3.05 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE – LOW VELOCITY
AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL HVAC Supply, Return Steel, Galvanized General Exhaust
END OF SECTION 23 31 13
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-5
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-6
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 23 33 00
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of duct accessories is indicated on drawings and by the requirements of this section.
B. Types of duct accessories required for project include the following: 1. Volume Dampers/Regulators 2. Flexible Ducts
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. SMACNA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association (SMACNA) "Fire Damper and Heat Stop Guide".
B. Industry Standards: Comply with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE) recommendations pertaining to construction of duct accessories, except as otherwise indicated.
C. UL Compliance: Construct, test, and label fire dampers in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard 555 "Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers".
D. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of ANSI/NFPA 90A "Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems", pertaining to installation of duct accessories.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information for each type of duct accessory, including dimensions, capacities, materials of construction, installation instructions, interfacing requirements with ductwork, and method of fastening or support where applicable.
B. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's maintenance data including parts lists for each type of duct accessory; include this data in Maintenance Manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products manufactured by one of the following:
1. Flexible Ductwork a. Semco b. Wiremold c. Thermaflex d. Valuflex
2.02 MISCELLANEOUS
A. Manual Volume Dampers: Fabricated of same material as ducts, two metal gauges heavier than duct and hammered 1" all around, mounted on 3/8" square rod with saw slot position indicator.
1. Provide end bearings with gasket - Young Regulator Co. Model 666-FD or equal.
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
B. Manual Volume Damper Regulators:
1. Accessible areas: Provide locking position regulator with gasket and handle - Young Regulator Co. Model 403-FD or equal. 2. Inaccessible areas: Provide concealed manual volume damper regulators with cover plate and gear assembly - Young Regulator Co. Model 315 or equal.
C. Air Turns: Elgen "Air-Tite" or equal shop fabricated.
2.03 FLEXIBLE DUCT
A. Flexible duct shall be factory pre-insulated, consisting of vinyl coated spring steel wire helix bonded to vinyl coated fiberglass mesh screen, having one (1) inch nominal fiberglass insulation and vinyl impregnated closely woven fiberglass vapor barrier. Basis of Design: Semco, Type A1.
B. Composite assembly shall meet Class I requirements of NFPA-90A and shall be UL listed for flame spread rating of not more than 25 and smoke developed rating of not more than 50. Assembly shall meet the requirements of UL-181.
C. Where flexible duct is allowed, it shall be connected to metal ducts, terminal units and diffusers with Panduit, Tylon or equal tool installed nylon clamps.
D. Maximum length of flexible duct connections from metal duct to terminal units and grilles, registers and diffusers shall be not greater than 72". All duct turns greater than 45 deg. shall be rigid elbows.
E. Wherever ductwork is routed exposed, flexible ductwork is not acceptable. All exposed ductwork to be rigid.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which duct accessories will be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install duct accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, with applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA standards, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended function.
B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, as necessary to interface installation of duct accessories properly with other work.
C. Field Quality Control: Operate installed duct accessories to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Test for air leakage while system is operating. Repair or replace faulty accessories, as required to obtain proper operation and leakproof performance.
D. Furnish General Contractor with layout and size of wall openings. Coordinate installation of louver with General Contractor. Make duct connections to louvers as shown on the plans.
E. Install all manual dampers with damper in full open position.
END OF SECTION 23 33 00
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 23 37 13
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the installation of grilles, registers and diffusers as per the schedules on the drawings.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts for each type of device to be used.
B. Product Data: For each product indicated, include the following:
1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings. 2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Carnes 2. Titus 3. E.H. Price 4. Metal Aire 5. Krueger 6. Nailor 7. Anemostat
2.02 Diffusers, registers, and grilles shall be of the type and style as scheduled.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install wall mounted grilles and registers plumb and level and flush to surface. Locations may be altered slightly, as acceptable to the Design Professional, so as to fit masonry portions of the structure.
3.02 In grid panel type ceilings, lay-in metal pan, acoustical, etc., grilles, registers and diffusers shall be located in the center of the panel.
3.03 Coordinate locations of ceiling diffusers and registers with Design Professional's reflected ceiling plan. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Design Professional for determination of final location.
3.04 Adjust blow pattern as indicated on plans and as scheduled, prior to balancing.
END OF SECTION 23 37 13
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 37 13-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 23 37 13-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 23 82 33
CONVECTORS AND RADIANT HEATERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install terminal units as required by the drawings and this section.
B. This section includes the following:
1. Radiant Ceiling Panels
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and/or catalog cuts showing technical data necessary to evaluate the equipment, to include color charts, dimensions, wiring diagrams, performance data and other descriptive data necessary to describe fully the equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Radiant Ceiling Panels
1. Rittling 2. Aerotech Mfg. Inc. 3. Airtex / Airtite
2.02 RADIANT CEILING PANELS
A. Quality Assurance
1. Certify pressure drops and capacities in accordance with manufacturer's test procedure. 2. Pressure test each panel to 150 psi. 3. Manufacturer to have similar installation in operation for more than three years.
B. Panel Construction
1. Extruded Aluminum AXO Panels: a. Extrusion panel thickness approximately 0.100". b. Panel Tube: 0.500" I.D. copper. c. Panels have a "U" shaped channel on the back of the extrusion into which the copper tube is inserted. The "U" shaped channel is then formed more than 3/4th of the way around the copper tube for increased thermal performance and to eliminate any separation of copper and aluminum. The use of adhesive or hold-down clips to attach copper tubing to the aluminum extrusion is not acceptable. d. Panels shall be factory assembled from multiples of 5", 6" or 8" extrusions. 1) Return bends factory installed. 2) Cross bar to maintain flatness and provide anchor point for panel suspension. 3) Alligator type spring clips for joining extrusions are not acceptable. 4) Apply two coats baked enamel paint only to the finished side of panels after assembly. Paint on plenum side of panel not acceptable. 5) Maximum length, 16 feet. e. Face configuration: V-Groove or Fluted.
CONVECTORS AND RADIANT HEATERS 23 82 33-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
f. Panel heating performance shall be as scheduled. 2. Interconnecting Tube: a. Type "L" copper, 3/8" (0.500 OD), or type "M" hard copper 1/2" nominal (0.625 OD) 0.028" wall thickness. b. Solder: [50/50] tin-lead or [95/5] tin antimony. 3. Insulation: a. Fiberglass: 3/4 pound per cubic foot density. b. Thickness: 1" nominal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install units and make piping connection as indicated on drawings.
3.02 Install shut-off cocks, balancing cocks, air vents, control valves and devices as required for complete installation.
3.03 Controls: Install devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Contractor for power wiring.
A. Verify that wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division-26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer.
3.04 RADIANT CEILING PANELS
A. Installation of panels in ceiling shall be by factory trained technicians.
B. Schedule and coordinate work with ceiling installer and piping installer so that the construction sequence will provide for the best overall appearance of the installation.
C. Suspend panels with galvanized, soft-annealed steel wire, 12 ga. Spacing of supports shall not exceed four feet on center.
D. HVAC contractor is responsible for installation of insulation over top of radiant ceiling panels in accordance with panel manufacturer’s recommendations.
END OF SECTION 23 82 33
CONVECTORS AND RADIANT HEATERS 23 82 33-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Refer to Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements and Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work shall include furnishing of all systems, equipment and material specified in this division and as called for on the electrical drawings, to include supervision, operations, methods and labor for the fabrication, installation, start-up and tests for the complete electrical installation. Include all provisions necessary for complete installation and proper operation of systems and components.
B. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft in accordance with ANSI/NECA 1 standards.
C. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards of the craft and in collaboration and coordination with other trades. Adjust work as necessary to avoid interference with other trades. Refer to contract documents and submittals for other trades such as Mechanical, Plumbing, Architectural for equipment being furnished as part of their scopes of work but requiring electrical connections.
D. Definitions for “provide”, “furnish” and “install”.
1. “Provide” = furnish and install 2. “Furnish” = does not include installation. 3. “Install” = does not include furnishing.
E. Do not scale drawings for dimensional purposes.
F. Refer to Architectural Drawings for final device locations and other features that may impact electrical work.
G. Provide demolition as necessary to perform new work.
1. Refer to Division 2 for Selective and General Demolition requirements.
1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and standards:
1. National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 4. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 5. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 6. Wisconsin Enrolled Building Code & Local Building Code(s) 7. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) Standards 8. National Electrical Testing Association (NETA) 9. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) 10. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) 11. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 12. Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL)
B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Federal, State, local authority and utility requirements in force at time of execution of this project shall be part of the specifications.
B. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local utility companies. Contractor shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services.
C. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection with the electrical work including State of Iowa Electrical Inspections. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility.
1.05 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
A. The electrical drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only. Contractor shall examine construction drawings to become familiar with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations.
B. Drawings for the electrical work are in part diagrammatic, and are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate in general the location of equipment.
C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of conduits and raceway so as to best fit the layout of the work.
D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions; scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as couplings, pull or splice boxes may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications or where they are required for proper installation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed.
1.06 SITE INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the conditions of the site which will affect his work.
B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's failure to make this inspection.
1.07 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of the General Contractor to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.
B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. The Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.
C. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that the Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by the Design Professional and his decision will be final.
D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. Refer to Division 09 for painting protection.
F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires the contractor to work in areas previously finished by the General Contractor, the Electrical Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Electrical Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect.
1.08 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Refer to Division 1 for additional cutting and patching information.
B. Conduits and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall and conduit or sleeve shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where conduit or sleeves pass through walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk.
C. Existing Structure:
1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports as required for openings. 2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings. 3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required.
D. Do not pierce structural elements such as beams or columns without prior permission from Architect. Submit for Structural Engineer review all core drilled hole locations or other structural penetrations that may be required prior to execution of work.
E. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies with UL listed fire stopping system matching installation requirements per fire stopping manufacturer.
F. Repair, replace or refinish surfaces such as lawns, paving, etc. to match existing conditions prior to commencement of work.
G. Provide chrome escutcheons to match raceway size where raceways pass through walls or ceilings in public areas.
1.09 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by Design Professional. Where more than one unit is required of the same system, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.
B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.
D. Provide materials that are UL listed or bear the UL mark unless the specific class of material(s) is not available with such listings. Other nationally recognized testing agencies identified as acceptable to the AHJ are acceptable.
E. Furnish equipment with factory-applied finish coats. If equipment finish is damaged during shipment, acquire manufacturer’s finish products for field touchups to satisfaction of Architect/Engineer.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.10 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements.
B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.
C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below.
D. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates that the submittals will be to the Design Professional for review.
E. Submit required information on the following items:
CERTIFICATE OTHER OF SYSTEM
SPEC DETAIL PROD INSTALL O & M DEMON- (SEE SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGS DATA SAMPLES METHODS MANUAL STRATION NOTES) Low-Voltage Power 26 05 19 X X Conductors and Cables Raceway and Boxes for 26 05 33 X X Electrical Systems 26 27 26 Wiring Devices X X Motor and Service 26 28 15 X X X Disconnects 26 29 13 Motor Starters X X X 26 50 00 Lighting X X X X
F. Identify proposed materials and equipment being submitted on general catalog sheets. Indicate specific name or number of equipment being submitted as it relates to specifications or drawings.
G. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications. Submittals must be reviewed before installation of equipment or materials.
H. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional information.
B. Submit manuals in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
(PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION) (DATE)
SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR)
C. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract:
1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contact and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above.
D. Items to be included shall be those listed in shop drawing section.
1.12 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Refer to Division 1 for Record Document Requirements.
B. Markup set of Contract Documents with final installed field conditions.
1.13 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested. Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance are equivalent. between specified equipment and equipment for which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, Design Professional will approve it in an addendum. Design Professional will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item.
B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00-5
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
1.14 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.
Manufacturers, who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and/or the manufacturer.
A. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in SUBSTITUTIONS 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.
B. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.
1.15 WARRANTY
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 for information on warranties and correction of work within the warranty period.
1. If a warranty or warranty period are not defined in Division 00 or 01, then the start of all warranty periods shall be the date of Substantial Completion and the length of the warranty shall be for one year. a. If construction is phased with distinct and separate Substantial Completion dates for portions of the building and/or systems, separate warranties shall be provided for each of these phased areas and/or systems. b. The entire Electrical system, including all sub-systems, shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for the duration of the warranty period. Any malfunctions or defects which occur within the warranty period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranty.
B. Refer to other Division 26 sections for systems, equipment, or material requiring extended warranties beyond one year.
C. The date of systems/equipment startup or equipment/material shipment to the site shall not be considered the notable date with relation to the warranty of that item. All systems, equipment, material, etc., shall have the same start date with respect to the warranty period.
D. Systems, equipment or material put into use to facilitate construction activities (e.g. testing and balancing, commissioning, temporary conditioning, etc.) prior to the start of the warranty period shall not impact the length of the warranty in any way.
1.16 CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01.
1.17 COMPLETION
A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready for normal use by the Owner.
B. When all the electrical work is complete Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and equipment installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00-6
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion.
1.18 ACCESS DOORS
A. When the Electrical Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which will be concealed by non-accessible architectural construction, the Electrical Contractor shall provide a flush access door. The access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-211 Universal access door or Nystrom APWB or type for the specific construction involved.
B. Access doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label.
C. Construction:
1. Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel. 2. Trim shall be of one piece construction. 3. Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel. 4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset, floating hinge. 5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS FOR DEMOLITION
A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from the site unless otherwise specified. Contractor shall remove and turnover devices, equipment, etc. identified by the Owner to be retained.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL DEMOLITION
A. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be performed.
B. Examination
1. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings. 2. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. 3. Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation. Report discrepancies to Owner before disturbing existing installation.
C. Preparation
1. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. 2. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations. 3. Existing Electrical Services: Maintain existing system in service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from Owner at least 72 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. 4. Existing Fire Alarm System: Maintain existing system in service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Notify Owner at least 72 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area. 5. Existing Telecommunications Systems: Maintain existing systems in service. Disable systems only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from Owner at least 72 hours before partially or completely disabling system.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00-7
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
D. Demolition and Extension of Existing Electrical Work
1. Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of this Section. 2. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified. 3. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply. 4. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. 5. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed. 6. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has been removed. 7. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other accessories. 8. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. 9. Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate. 10. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused.
E. Fluorescent Lamp and Ballast Disposal
1. Unless noted otherwise, all existing fluorescent lamps and ballasts within light fixtures to be removed shall be assumed to contain mercury and PCB's respectively. These items need to be disposed of by a mercury and PCB Disposal Contractor, who shall be a subcontractor to Electrical Contractor. This Disposal Contractor shall have all local, state, and federal authorization for handling, transporting, and processing these materials. Disposal Contractor shall have pollution insurance and shall generate a Certificate of Disposal. Ballasts and all contaminated materials shall be incinerated. Lamps shall be recycled. 2. Available Disposal Contractors a. Subject to compliance with requirements, below are available Contractors: i. A-tec Recycling, Inc. ii. ALTA Resource Management Services, Inc. iii. Full Circle Ballast Recyclers iv. Midwest Lamp Recycling, Inc. v. Local contractor that has been contracted in this type of work for at least 5 years.
F. Work by Others
1. Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Electrical Contractor shall assume all required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others: a. General Contractor will remove any bases, floor fill, wall work and footings; neatly patch, match, complete and finish all affected surfaces. b. Mechanical Contractor will disconnect all mechanical services and remove pipe back to behind finish surfaces, close and cap ends of pipe.
G. Cleaning and Repair of Existing Components
1. Clean and repair existing equipment and materials that will remain or be reused. Replace damaged components where necessary. 2. Clean exposed surfaces and re-torque all electrical connections. 3. Revise panel circuit directories for panelboards that are used to serve new loads. 4. Remove existing luminaires and clean all surfaces prior to reinstallation.
H. Owner’s Right of Salvage
1. Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material herein demolished by the Contractor. Turnover all materials to be salvaged at a place and time designated by Owner. Maintain condition of salvaged materials for re-use. Repair or replace damaged materials at no additional cost to Owner. Remove and dispose all materials that are not identified to be salvaged.]
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00-8
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
3.02 START-UP, TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to demonstrating systems to Owner. Notify Owner, Architect, Engineer or Inspector at least 10 days prior to beginning testing.
B. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for start-up and adjustment. Contractor shall provide services from a factory certified representative where specified or contractor does not have qualified personnel.
3.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver and store products per Division 1 requirements.
B. Store in dry and clean space(s). Leave products in factory shipping materials and/or protect from water, dust and other debris.
C. Provide environmental heating as necessary to prevent moisture damage.
3.04 EQUIPMENT ACCESS
A. Maintain equipment clearances and access, repair or removal for maintenance. Relocate equipment, devices, raceways, etc. to allow maintenance access at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Refer to Architectural elevations for device locations. Identify locations that may have limited access prior to installation of equipment or devices.
C. Verify location of door latch prior to installation of light switches.
3.05 SUPPORTS
A. Provide supporting steel as necessary for installation of equipment including hangers, support frames, beams, etc.
B. Use steel plug type concrete anchors of equipment supports. Lead, plastic or other materials are not permitted.
C. Do not support equipment or luminaires from metal roof decking.
D. Protect threaded rods, bolts and any other sharp edges mounted below 7’-0” above finished floor to protect personnel from injury.
3.06 CLEANING
A. Prior to assembly of electrical equipment, all loose dirt, scale, oil and other foreign matter on internal and exterior surfaces shall be removed by means consistent with good electrical practices.
B. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units.
C. Electrical equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned on the interior and exterior of equipment. This includes but is not limited to removal of wiring trimmings within electrical panels and dirt/debris from activation boxes.
D. All light fixtures shall be wiped clean with all fingerprints and dust removed.
END OF SECTION 26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00-9
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 05 00-10
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 26 05 19
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish all material, tools, labor, and supervision necessary to install all wiring systems.
B. This section describes the basic materials and methods of installation for general wiring systems of 600 volts and less. Wiring for a higher voltage rating, if required, shall be as specified in other sections or called for on the drawings.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wire, cable, and connectors.
B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards pertaining to wire, cable, and connectors.
C. UL Labels: Provide electrical wires, cables and connectors which have been UL-listed and labeled.
D. NEMA/ICEA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA/Insulated Cable Engineers Association standards pertaining to materials, construction and testing of wire and cable.
E. ANSI/ASTM: Comply with applicable portions of ANSI/ASTM standards pertaining to construction of wire and cable.
F. The materials used for wiring systems shall be the products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of the specified material.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each product specified.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 WIRE AND CABLE
A. All wire and cable for power, lighting, control, and signal circuits shall have copper conductors of not less than 98% conductivity and shall be insulated to 600 V. Conductor sizes #12 AWG and smaller shall be solid, conductor sizes #10 AWG and larger shall be stranded.
B. Minimum size conductors shall be #12 AWG for power and lighting.
C. Type of wire and cable for various applications shall be as follows:
1. Type THHN/THWN-2, or XHHW-2 (90 deg. C) - use for branch circuits, Class 1 control circuits, panel and equipment feeders in dry locations. Use XHHW-2 between VFD and motor. 2. Type XHHW-2 (90 deg. C) - use for branch circuits, panel and equipment feeders located underground and in wet and dry locations. 3. Type XLPE (105 deg. C) twisted conductors – use for Class 2 and 3 circuits. 4. 2-Hour Fire Rated Cable System. Ul 2196 listed for horizontal and vertical installations. a. Pentair System 1850 Type MI mineral insulated cable. b. Omni Cable VITALink Type MC 2-hour rated power cable.
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
c. Draka Lifeline MC 2-hour rated power cable. d. RHW-2 based cable systems are not acceptable. e. Provide all proprietary terminations and components for a complete listed system. 5. Type UF - use where permitted by other sections or by the drawings for underground burial branch circuits. 6. Type SO – use for cord drops and portable appliance connections. Use wire mesh, stainless-steel strain relief at terminations.
2.02 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING
A. Wiring systems shall be color coded. Conductor insulation shall be colored in sizes up through #8 AWG. Conductors #6 AWG and larger shall be colored or have black insulation and shall be phase color coded with one-half inch band of colored tape at all junctions and terminations. Colors shall be assigned to each conductor as described below and carried throughout all main and branch circuit distribution. When necessary to use tape, use colored tape on black wire. Do not use colored tape on colored wire.
120/240V - 120/208V - Wye 277/480V - Wye Delta
Phase 'A' Conductor Black Black Brown Phase 'B' Conductor Orange** Red Orange Phase 'C' Conductor Red Blue Yellow Neutral Conductor White* White* Grey* Equipment Grounding Conductor Green Green Green
Isolated Grounding Conductor Green w/Yellow Stripe Green w/Yellow Stripe
* For branch circuits with non-shared neutral conductors, provide colored tracer to match associated phase conductor. Tracers shall be Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, or Yellow. ** Use red and black for phases which are 120V to neutral. Use orange for "wild leg".
2.03 CONNECTORS
A. Twist-on Wire Connectors.
1. Dry Locations. 600V rated, UL 486C listed, Ideal Industries 451/452/454 or equal by 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller.
B. Push-in Wire Connectors.
1. Dry Locations. 600V rated, UL 486C listed, Ideal Industries 32/33/34 or equal by Wago, 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #10 and smaller.
C. Conductor Taps and Splices.
1. Dry Locations. 600V rated, UL 486A/B listed, insulated mechanical termination. Ilsco ClearTap PCT or equal by Burndy. Use for #6 and larger. 2. Insulation piercing taps are not allowed. 3. Split bolt connectors and splices are not allowed.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Conduit shall be swabbed free of moisture and debris prior to pulling in wiring. Pull mouse through conduits prior to pulling conductors.
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Branch circuit conductor sizes shall be increased to maintain a maximum 3% voltage drop.
1. 120V, 20A homeruns shall be sized as follows based on one-way circuit length: a. 0-80': #12 AWG b. 81'-140': #10 AWG c. 141'- 210': #8 AWG d. 211' and over: #6 AWG 2. 277V, 20A homeruns shall be sized as follows based on the one-way circuit length: a. 0-200': #12 AWG b. 201'-300': #10 AWG c. 301' and over: #8 AWG
B. Conductors for emergency power systems shall be kept in entirely independent of all other wiring and equipment. Emergency system wiring shall not occupy the same raceway, wireway or junction box,
C. Conductors for 208V and 480V systems shall be installed in separate raceway systems.
D. Splices shall be made only in accessible junction boxes or handholes.
E. All power feeder cable shall be pulled with the use of approved pulling compound or powder. Compound must not deteriorate conductor or insulation.
F. If conductor insulation is damaged during installation, replace entire conductor.
G. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable or rope which cannot damage raceway.
H. Install exposed cable, parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural members and follow surface contours, where possible.
I. Keep branch circuit conductor splices to a minimum.
J. The continuity of circuit conductors shall not be dependent on service connections such as lamp holders, receptacles, etc., where the removal of such devices would interrupt the continuity.
K. Provide separate green equipment ground conductor throughout entire electrical system.
L. Isolated ground conductors shall be kept isolated from the equipment grounding system from the outlet back to where the system is derived.
M. All branch circuits shall have dedicated neutrals.
N. Leave at least 6” of slack for terminations at wiring devices.
O. For all vibration type installations (i.e. motors, etc.), provide stranded type conductors.
P. Support cables above accessible ceilings from structure. Do not place cables on ceiling panels.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prior to energizing system, test cable and wire for continuity of circuitry, and for short circuits. Correct malfunctions when detected.
B. After wire terminations are complete, energize circuitry and demonstrate function in accordance with requirements.
END OF SECTION 26 05 19
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 26 05 26
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of grounding work is indicated by drawings and shall comply with NEC.
B. Applications of grounding work in this section include the following:
1. Underground metal water piping. 2. Service equipment. 3. Enclosures. 4. Equipment.
C. Requirements of this section apply to electrical grounding work specified elsewhere in these specifications.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to materials and installation of electrical grounding systems, associated equipment and wiring. Provide grounding products which are UL-listed and labeled.
B. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standards Nos. 467 and 869 pertaining to electrical grounding and bonding.
C. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of IEEE Standard 142 and 241 pertaining to electrical grounding.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUNDING SYSTEMS
A. Materials and Components
1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding systems indicated; with assembly of materials, including, but not limited to, cables/wires, connectors, terminals (solderless lugs) and additional accessories needed for complete installation. Where more than one type unit meets indicated requirements, selection is Installer's option. Where materials or components are not indicated, provide products complying with NEC, UL, IEEE, and established industry standards for applications indicated. 2. All components shall be listed under ANSI/UL 467 – “Grounding and bonding Equipment”. 3. Raceways: Provide raceways, and electrical boxes and fittings complying with Division 26, Section 26 05 33 – Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems. 4. Conductors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding conductors for grounding connections matching power supply wiring materials and sized according to NEC.
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
B. Connectors
1. Ground clamps for pipes: Bronze with pad for 2-hole lug, Burndy GAR-TC series or equal by Blackburn, Ilsco, or Anderson.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL GROUNDING
A. General: Install electrical grounding systems where shown, in accordance with applicable portions of NEC, with NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements and serve intended functions.
B. Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of electrical grounding system with other work.
C. Install clamp-on connectors only on thoroughly cleaned metal contact surfaces, to ensure electrical conductivity and circuit integrity.
D. When making ground and ground bonding connections, apply a corrosion inhibitor to all contact surfaces. Use corrosion inhibitor appropriate for protecting a connection between the metals used.
E. Provide separate green ground conductor throughout entire electrical system sized as required by the NEC.
F. Conduit Grounding
1. Bond all metallic conduit systems together to provide a continuous electrical ground path. Bond metallic conduits to other conduit components using insulated ground bushings when required. Connect ground bushings to the grounding system using conductors sized in compliance with NEC. 2. Provide ground conductors in non-metallic conduits in accordance with the NEC.
END OF SECTION 26 05 26
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 26-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 26 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide materials, labor and supervision as necessary to provide hangers and supports for conduit, fixtures and equipment.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical supporting devices.
B. ANSI/NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/NEMA Std. Pub. No. FB 1, "Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies".
C. NECA Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard of Installation" pertaining to anchors, fasteners, hangers, supports, and equipment mounting.
D. UL Compliance: Provide electrical components which are UL-listed and labeled.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. General: Provide supporting devices; complying with manufacturer's standard materials, design and construction in accordance with published product information, and as required for a complete installation; and as herein specified. Where more than one type of device meets indicated requirements, selection is Installer's option.
B. U-Channel Strut Systems: Provide U-channel strut system for supporting electrical equipment, 16-guage hot dip galvanized steel, of types and sizes indicated; construct with 9/16" dia. holes, 8" o.c. on top surface, with standard green finish, and with the following fittings which mate and match with U-channel:
1. Fixture hangers. 2. Channel hangers. 3. End caps. 4. Beam clamps. 5. Wiring stud. 6. Thinwall conduit clamps. 7. Rigid conduit clamps. 8. Conduit hangers. 9. U-bolts.
C. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide channel systems of one of the following:
1. B-Line Systems, Inc. 2. Thomas & Betts, Superstrut 3. Unistrut Div.; Tyco International 4. Globestrut
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Install hangers, anchors, sleeves and seals as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices to ensure supporting devices comply with requirements.
B. Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceway and wiring work, as necessary to interface installation of supporting devices with other work.
C. Conduit hangers and support devices shall be approved type for the method of supporting required. All hangers and supports shall have galvanized finish or other approved corrosion resistance finish. In general, hangers and supports shall be as follows:
1. Where single or multiple run of conduit is routed on surface of structure; use conduit clamps mounted on U-channel strut so as to maintain not less than 1" clearance between conduit and structure. 2. Where single run of conduit is suspended from overhead; use split ring conduit clamp suspended by 3/8" steel drop rod. 3. Where multiple parallel runs of conduit are suspended from overhead; use split ring conduit clamps uniformly spaced and supported on trapeze hangers fabricated of U-channel strut, suspended by not less than two steel drop rods. 4. Maximum hanger and support spacing shall be in accordance with NEC.
D. Hangers and supports shall be anchored to structure as follows:
1. Hangers and supports anchored to poured concrete, use malleable iron or steel concrete inserts attached to concrete forms. 2. Hangers or supports anchored to precast concrete, use self-drilling expansion shields. Expansion shields may be used where concrete inserts have been missed or additional support is required in poured concrete. 3. Hanger or supports anchored to structural steel, use beam clamps and/or steel channels as required by structural system. 4. Hangers or supports anchored to metal deck, use spring clips or approved welding pins. Maximum permissible load on each hanger shall not exceed 50 pounds. 5. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls. 6. Use sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood construction.
E. The following is not permitted:
1. Attaching supports and hangers to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit. 2. Use of powder-actuated anchors. 3. Drilling of structural steel members.
F. Fixtures on plastered or acoustical ceilings shall not be supported directly on ceiling tile. Provide metal bar hangers or U-channel strut attached to ceiling supports.
END OF SECTION 26 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 29-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete conduit systems.
B. Conduit systems shall be provided for all wiring, except where the drawings or other sections of the specifications indicate that certain wiring may be installed in cable trays, surface raceway, underfloor raceway, wireways and/or auxiliary gutters.
C. Types of raceways in this section include the following:
1. Rigid metal conduit. 2. Intermediate metal conduit. 3. Electrical metallic tubing. 4. Flexible metal conduit. 5. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit.
D. Provide factory painted red conduit for fire alarm system.
E. Contractor shall furnish all material, tools, labor and supervision necessary to install electrical boxes and fittings as required by drawings and specifications.
F. Types of electrical boxes and fittings in this section include the following:
1. Outlet boxes. 2. Junction boxes. 3. Pull boxes.
G. Telecommunications Raceway Requirements:
1. The term “telecommunications” includes all low voltage technology systems including voice and data. The term does not include fire alarm system, which is addressed separately in the plans and specifications. 2. Contractor shall provide and install telecommunications boxes and conduits, including wall sleeves unless otherwise noted. 3. Interior building, above grade conduits and sleeves shall be EMT unless otherwise noted. PVC is never acceptable above grade. 4. All interior conduits shall have bushings installed during conduit installation. Completed individual installations shall have bushings installed same business day. 5. All interior conduits shall have pull strings, except sleeves which are less than 4’ long. EMT conduits shall receive standard round cable pull string (multi-strand plastic twine type). 6. Minimum interior conduit size for all information jacks (voice data cabling) shall be 1” unless otherwise noted. 7. Boxes for all low voltage systems in stud walls shall be metallic 4-9/16”x4-9/16”x2.875” with single gang mud ring unless otherwise noted.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standards pertaining to raceways.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with provisions of UL safety standards pertaining to electrical raceway systems; and provide products and components which have been UL-listed and labeled.
C. NEC Compliance: Comply with requirements as applicable to construction and installation of raceway systems.
D. The materials used in the fabrication of the raceway system shall be products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of the specified material.
E. NEC compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wiring boxes and fittings.
F. UL Compliance: Provide electrical boxes and fittings which have been UL-listed and labeled.
G. ANSI/NEMA Standards Compliance: Comply with ANSI C 134.1 (NEMA Standards Pub No. OS 1) as applicable to sheet-steel outlet boxes, covers and box supports.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Raceway Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations, for each type of raceway listed below. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements for the following:
1. Raceways and Fittings
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 RACEWAYS
A. General: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings of types, grades, sizes and weights (wall thicknesses) for each service indicated. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection determined by Installer to fulfill wiring requirements, and comply with applicable portions of NEC for raceways. Conduit shall be used where concealed in permanent wall construction or in ceiling plenums. Surface raceway shall be used where exposed in finished regularly occupied areas.
B. Rigid Conduit: Full weight, threaded, rigid steel conduit, galvanized inside and out by hot dip or electro galvanized process. Additional protection by electrostatically applied baked coating. Thread protective caps and couplings. Use for all feeders larger than 2 1/2" in size.
C. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): May be used as approved by code where rigid conduit is specified, except shall not be used for conduit buried in earth fill.
D. Electrical Metallic Tubing: Thin wall, electrically welded cold rolled steel conduit, galvanized inside and out by electro galvanized process. Baked clear elastic enamel coating in and out. Use for installations in stud walls, masonry walls, above suspended ceilings and where exposed. Size limited to 2 1/2" and smaller.
E. Flexible Metal Conduit: Formed of one continuous length of spirally wound electro galvanized steel strip. Use for final connections to all motor operated equipment such as unit heaters, fans, air handling units, pumps, generators, generator enclosures and connections to dry type transformer, connections from junction boxes to lighting fixtures in accessible ceiling, and for wiring within casework and millwork. 6’ maximum length.
F. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Formed of one continuous length of spirally wound steel strip, with water and oil tight neoprene jacket. Use for final connection to equipment listed in paragraph "E" above when located in wet areas.
G. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: Full weight, threaded, rigid aluminum conduit. Thread protective caps and couplings.
H. MC cable will not be allowed.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
2.02 CONDUIT FITTINGS
A. Rigid Conduit Fittings:
1. Fittings shall be standard threaded couplings, locknuts, bushings, and elbows. Material shall be malleable iron, steel or aluminum alloy. Iron or steel fittings shall be zinc or cadmium plated. Aluminum fittings shall not contain more than 0.4 percent copper. Aluminum fittings shall be used with aluminum conduit only. 2. Locknuts shall be of the bonding type with sharp edges for digging into the metal wall of an enclosure. 3. Bushings shall be of the metallic insulating type and consist of an insulating insert molded or locked into the metallic body of the fitting. Bushings made entirely of metal or nonmetallic material are not permitted. 4. Sealing fittings shall be of the threaded cast iron type. Sealing fittings used to prevent passage of water vapor shall be of the continuous drain type. 5. Set screw fittings are not allowed.
B. Metallic Tubing Fittings: Compression type galvanized or zinc coated malleable iron or steel, water and concrete tight where exposed to wet locations or imbedded in concrete. Steel set screw type acceptable in all dry location applications. Die-cast fittings are not allowed.
C. Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings: External squeeze or set screw type galvanized or zinc coated malleable iron or steel with nylon insulated throats. Internal screw type fittings are not allowed.
D. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit Fittings: Galvanized malleable iron or steel, with watertight gaskets, "O" ring and retainer, and nylon insulated throats.
E. Condulet Fittings: Exposed conduit fittings shall be condulet type for all sharp turns, tees, etc.
F. Provide insulated bushings for all conduits terminations.
2.03 WALL OUTLET BOXES
A. General: Boxes shall be Raco, Steel City, Appleton or equal, catalog numbers based on Raco, unless otherwise indicated. In general, the type of boxes shall be as follows:
1. In Stud Walls: For single outlet use 4" square by 1-1/2" deep box #192. Boxes to be provided with raised covers of depth as required for thickness of wall materials. 2. Suspended Ceiling: Use octagon boxes, depth as required for application, securely fastened to structure.
2.04 PULL BOXES, AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Construction, sizes and installation of pull boxes and junction boxes shall comply with NEC, Article 314.
B. Pull and junction boxes not specifically described in NEC, Article 314, shall be fabricated of heavy gauge galvanized steel with screw or hinged covers, and equipped with corrosion resistant screws and hardware.
C. Pull boxes and junction boxes for outdoor installation shall be raintight.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAY
A. In general, all horizontal runs of branch circuit conduit shall be installed in ceiling plenum. Raceway for convenience outlets, wall mounted fixtures and other wall outlets shall be routed overhead and dropped through wall to the outlet. Conduit shall be used where concealed in permanent wall construction or in ceiling plenums.
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
B. Generally, all conduit shall be concealed, except in crawl spaces, tunnels, shafts, mechanical equipment rooms, and at connection to surface panels and free standing equipment, and as otherwise noted.
C. Exposed conduit and conduit concealed in ceiling space shall be routed in lines parallel to building construction.
D. All conduit runs above suspended acoustical ceilings shall be routed so as not to interfere with tile panel removals with 4'0" to 6'0" flexible conduit drops from an independent junction box, accessible from below the ceiling, to ceiling mounted equipment.
E. Minimum size conduit shall be 1/2" trade size except all home runs to panels shall be minimum 3/4". Where specified size is not called for on drawings or in the specifications, conduit shall be sized per NEC.
F. Utilize approved thread lubricant for rigid steel and aluminum conduits to ensure equipment grounding paths.
G. Install the conduit system mechanically and electrically continuous from outlet to outlet and to all cabinets, junction or pull boxes. Conduit shall enter and be secured to all cabinets and boxes in such a manner that all parts of the system will have electrical continuity.
H. Support conduit raceway systems in accordance with requirements as set forth in the National Electric Code.
I. Provide liguidtight flexible metal conduit for the last 3’ of feeder/circuit for all vibration type equipment (i.e. motors, transformers, etc).
3.02 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND FITTINGS
A. Install electrical boxes and fittings where indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.
B. Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with wire/cable and raceway installation work.
3.03 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION
A. Outlet boxes shall be installed for all fixtures, switches, receptacles and other devices.
B. Approximate locations of outlets are shown on the plans, but each outlet location as shown shall be checked by Contractor before installing the outlet box.
C. Wall boxes installed flush in common wall shall not be back-to-back or through-wall type. Boxes located on opposite sides of a common wall that are closely connected by conduit shall have the conduit openings plugged with duct seal.
D. Install boxes and conduit bodies in those locations to ensure ready accessibility of electrical wiring.
E. Outlet boxes shall be installed plumb and square with wall face and with front of box or cover located within 1/8" of face of finish wall.
3.04 PULL BOX, JUNCTION BOX & WIREWAY INSTALLATION
A. Install pull boxes, junction boxes and auxiliary wiring gutters where indicated on drawings and where required to facilitate installation of the wiring.
B. For concealed conduit, install boxes flush with ceiling or wall, with covers accessible and easily removable. Where flush boxes are installed in finish ceilings or walls, provide cover which shall exceed the box face dimensions by a sufficient amount to allow no gap between box and finished material.
C. Boxes shall not be located in finished, occupied rooms, without prior approval of Design Professional.
END OF SECTION 26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 33-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 26 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall provide identification for wiring systems and equipment as called for in this section.
B. Types of electrical identification specified in this section include the following:
1. Conduit color banding. 2. Cable conductor identification. 3. Operational instructions and warnings. 4. Danger signs. 5. Equipment/system identification signs.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of UL safety standards pertaining to electrical marking and labeling identification systems.
B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of identifying labels and markers for wiring and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application. Where more than single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each application.
B. Color-Coded Conduit System
1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard colored conduit for EMT installations as noted below. For rigid aluminum, rigid steel, and IMC conduit, use colored electrical tape to band conduits within 6" of termination at each switchboard, panelboard, distribution board, pull box and junction box. Where conduit is exposed and painted to match adjacent surfaces, band with colored electrical tape. 2. Colors: a. Normal Power: gray/silver (uncolored) b. Emergency: yellow* c. Fire alarm: red* d. Division 27 systems: purple** e. Division 28 systems excluding fire alarm: purple**
* Factory colored conduit required for EMT conduit ** Field applied electrical tape banding at conduit terminations required. Factory colored conduit optional for EMT conduit. 3. For exposed conduits in finished spaces, refer to architectural for paint to match room finish. 4. For branch circuits, mark panel name and circuit numbers on all junction/pull boxes.
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
C. Underground-Type Plastic Line Marker
1. General: Manufacturer's standard permanent, bright colored, continuous-printed plastic tape; not less than 6" wide x 4 mils thick intended for underground service. Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates type of service of buried cable/conduit.
D. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands
1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic-coated type or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show circuit identification.
E. Self-Adhesive Tape for Receptacle Circuit Identification
1. General: Provide clear self-adhesive or pressure-sensitive, pre-printed, flexible vinyl tape for panel name and circuit number.
F. Engraved Plastic-Laminate Signs
1. General: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, in sizes and thickness indicated, engraved with engraver's standard letter style of sizes and wording indicated, black and white core (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. a. Thickness: 1/16", for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8" lengths; 1/8" for larger units. b. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws, except contact-type permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate substrate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION
A. General Installation Requirements
1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require finish, install identification after completion of painting.
B. Conduit Identification
1. Conduit above accessible ceiling spaces shall be identified per 2.01 B. 2. Where electrical conduit is exposed in spaces with exposed mechanical piping which is identified by a color-coded method, apply color-coded identification on electrical conduit in a manner similar to piping identification. 3. Identify junction and pullboxes of systems with stencil lettering for panel and circuit numbers or system type.
C. Cable/Conductor Identification
1. General: Apply cable/conductor identification on each cable and conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal system are present, except where another form of identification (such as color-coded conductors) is provided. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents and similar previously established identification for project electrical work.
D. Operational Identification and Warnings
1. General: Wherever reasonably required to ensure safe and efficient operation and maintenance of electrical systems, and electrically connected mechanical systems and general systems and equipment, including prevention of misuse of electrical facilities by unauthorized personnel, install self-adhesive plastic signs or similar equivalent identification, instruction or warnings on switches, outlets and other controls, devices and covers of electrical enclosures. Where detailed instructions or explanations are needed, provide plasticized tags with clearly written messages adequate for intended purposes.
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
E. Equipment/System Identification
1. All receptacles and light fixtures shall be labeled with panel and circuit number. Final location of label shall be field coordinated. If labeling is to be on outside of cover, Contractor shall use clear dyno-tape with black lettering that matches other tags. 2. All safety switches shall have a permanent label attached to inside of cover describing the fuse size, type, current limiting ability and devices controlled.
END OF SECTION 26 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53-4
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 26 27 26
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install wiring devices as required by the drawings and this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wiring devices.
B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Provide electrical wiring devices which have been UL-listed and labeled.
C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards for general- and specific-purpose wiring devices.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's name and product data literature for each type of wiring device required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
A. All switches and receptacles shall be "specification grade", side and back wired, except where higher grade is called for on the plans. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows, with catalog numbers based on Hubbell, Inc.:
1. Hubbell, Inc. 2. Pass & Seymour 3. Leviton 4. WattStopper 5. Legrand
B. Color of switches, receptacles and coverplates shall be almond to match existing.
C. Wall switches shall be as follows:
1. Single pole toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1221 series. 2. Double pole toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1222 series. 3. Three-way toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt #1223 series. 4. Four-way toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1224 series. 5. Double-pole double-throw center off light switch - 20 amp, 277 volt, #1386 series. 6. Momentary contact switch - 15 amp, 120-277 volt, #1556 series. 7. All switches serving emergency circuits shall be as specified in 2.01 above, except shall have "red" handles and coverplates. 8. Line or low voltage dimmers capable of dimming LED lamps. LED dimmers shall be suitable for dimming 0–10VDC control drivers as recommended by the dimming manufacturer.
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
D. Receptacles shall be as follows:
1. Duplex receptacles - 2 pole, 3 wire grounding type, back and side wired, 20 amp, 125 volt, NEMA 5-20R (unless noted otherwise on drawings). Face material shall be thermoplastic. Acceptable manufacturer's catalog numbers: P&S 5362, Hubbell 5352, Leviton 5352. Wherever a duplex receptacle is shown outdoors, provide Hubbell 5362_WR or equivalent. 2. Receptacles for power and special purpose outlets shall have characteristics and NEMA configurations as per electrical symbols listed on drawings. 3. Ground fault interrupting receptacles (GFI) shall be duplex with test and reset buttons, equal to Hubbell GF5352 series. 4. Tamper resistant type duplex receptacles where required shall be 20 amp, 125 volt, NEMA 5-20R equal to Hubbell BR 20 series with the following additional requirements: a. Shall permit current to flow only while a standard plug is in the proper position in the receptacle. b. Screws exposed while the wall plates are in place shall be the tamperproof type. c. Shall be installed for all new device locations shown on plans accessible to the general public. 5. All receptacles connected to emergency circuits shall be as specified in 2.01 above, except shall have "red" bodies and coverplates.
E. Occupancy sensors shall be as follows:
1. Description: Ceiling mounted sensors shall be dual technology digital (passive infrared and ultrasonic) occupancy sensor. Furnish the system which accommodates the square-foot coverage requirements for each area controlled and suits the electrical system parameters.
2. The manufacturer shall review electrical drawings and adjust sensor types and placement as required for proper coverage based on the specific characteristics of the proposed sensor.
2.02 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES
A. Cover Plates:
1. Smooth High-Impact Thermo plastic, Hubbell NP Series or equal. 2. Provide plates for all switches, receptacles, TV outlets, other outlets and blank plates for unused outlets.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES
A. Install wiring devices as indicated on the drawings and as called for below.
B. Where light switches are located adjacent to doors, they shall be installed on "knob" side of door, unless indicated otherwise.
C. Switched duplex receptacles shall be wired so that only the top receptacle is switched; the remaining receptacle shall be unswitched.
D. All GFI type receptacles shall be installed where GFI notation is shown on plans. No downstream protection of receptacles will be allowed from load side of other GFI type receptacles.
E. Prior to roughing-in outlet boxes, Contractor shall verify from general construction drawings, door swings, type of wall finishes and locations for counters and work benches.
F. Receptacles shall be installed with ground terminal up.
G. Calibrate all sensor time delays and sensitivity to provide proper detection of occupants and energy savings. Adjust time delay so that controlled area remains lighted for 15 minutes after occupant leaves area .
END OF SECTION 26 27 26
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
SECTION 26 50 00
LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical are applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide lighting fixtures, accessories, labor and supervision necessary to install complete lighting system as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Types of lighting fixtures in this section include the following:
1. Solid State (LED) 2. Exit Signs
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation and construction in building lighting fixtures.
B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standard publications pertaining to lighting equipment.
C. Listings: Provide lighting fixtures which have been listed and labeled. Listing or labeling shall be by UL, ETL Intertek or other nationally recognized agency.
D. CBM Labels: Provide fluorescent-lamp ballasts which comply with Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association standards and carry the CBM label.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on interior building lighting fixtures.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit fixture shop drawings in booklet form with separate sheet for each fixture, assembled in luminaire "type" alphabetical order, with proposed fixture and accessories clearly indicated on each sheet. Shop drawing booklet shall include lamp and ballast data sheets.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers shall be as listed in the light fixture schedule on the drawings.
B. Basis of Design Product: The design for each luminaire is based on the product named and described in the light fixture schedule on the drawings. Provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the equivalent manufacturers listed. Equivalent manufacturers shall match the basis of design product in both form and function. The Architect and Engineer have the final acceptance of equivalent products. Where equivalent products are not determined to match the basis of design, the basis of design product shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Upon request, equivalent manufacturers shall submit lighting calculations and ies files to prove performance of product and samples for table top viewing.
LIGHTING 26 50 00-1
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
2.02 SOLID STATE LIGHTING / LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) LUMINAIRES (Greater than 20W)
A. General:
1. Luminaire manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years’ experience in the manufacture and design of LED products and systems. 2. All LED sources used in the LED luminaire shall be of proven quality from established and reputable LED manufacturers. Acceptable LED lamp manufacturers unless otherwise noted are: a. Cree, Inc. b. Philips Lighting c. Nichia Corporation d. Norlux e. Opto Technology, Inc. f. Osram Optronic Semiconductors g. Samsung
B. LED Warranty
1. Luminaire manufacturer provide a five (5) year written warranty.
C. Products and Components – Performance:
1. All LED components shall be mercury-free and lead-free. 2. LEDs shall comply with ANSI/NEMA/ANSLG C78.377-2008 – Specifications for the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. Color shall remain stable throughout the life of the light source. 3. LEDs shall comply with IESNA LM-80 – Standards for Lumen Maintenance of LED Lighting Products. 4. LEDs shall have a minimum rated source life of 50,000 hours under normal operating conditions or as noted on the lighting fixture schedule. LED “rated source life” is defined as the time when a minimum of 70% of initial lumen output remains, as defined by IESNA LM-70. 5. Luminaire assembly shall include a method of dissipating heat so as to not degrade life of source, electronic equipment, or lenses. LED luminaire housing shall be designed to transfer heat from the LED board to the outside environment. Luminaire housing shall have no negative impact on life of components. Upon request, manufacturer shall provide junction temperature limitations and test reports of installed LED in fixture. 6. Method of dissipating heat shall be passive, active cooling systems are not allowed. 7. High power LED luminaires shall be thermally protected using one or more of the following thermal management techniques: metal core board, gap pad, and/or internal monitoring firmware. 8. LEDs shall be adequately protected from moisture or dust in interior applications. 9. For wet and damp use, LED-based luminaires itself shall be sealed, rated, and tested for appropriate environmental conditions, not accomplished by using an additional housing or enclosure. Such protection shall have no negative impact on rated life of source or components, or if so, such reductions shall be explicitly brought to the attention of the designer. 10. All hardwired connections to LED luminaires shall be reverse polarity protected and provide high voltage protection in the event connections are reversed or shorted during the installation process. 11. Manufacturer shall provide Luminaire Efficacy (lm/W), total luminous flux (lumens), luminous intensity (candelas) chromaticity coordinates, CCT and CRI. Optical performance, polar diagrams, and relevant luminance and illuminance photometric data. Provide data in IES file format in accordance with IES LM-79-2008, based on test results from an independent Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory. Provide information upon special request.
D. LED drivers shall meet the following requirements:
1. Drivers shall have a minimum efficiency of 85%. 2. Minimum/Maximum Ambient Temperature: -20˚C/55˚C interior locations, -40˚C/55˚C exterior locations, 3. Input Voltage: 120 to 277 (±10%) V or as scheduled. 4. Power Supplies: Class I or II output. 5. Dimming Type: 0-10V control with current source driver, current sinking drivers are not allowed.
LIGHTING 26 50 00-2
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
6. Surge Protection for exterior fixtures: The system must survive 250 repetitive strikes of “C Low” (C Low: 6kV/1.2 x 50 μs, 10kA/8 x 20 μs) waveforms at 1-minute intervals with less than 10% degradation in clamping voltage. “C Low” waveforms are as defined in IEEE/ASNI C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1 Location Category C. 7. Power Factor (PF): ≥ 0.90. 8. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): ≤ 20%. 9. Comply with FCC Title 47 CFR Part 18 Non-consumer RFI/EMI Standards. 10. Drivers shall be reduction of hazardous substances (ROHS)-compliant. 11. Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF): 100,000 hours based on 90% survival.
2.03 EXIT SIGNS
A. Housing to be per light fixture schedule (thermoplastic, edge lit or cast aluminum) for wall, end or ceiling mounting. Illumination to be by long life, low watt LED lamps. Battery, where specified, to be maintenance free, sealed nickel-cadmium type and shall operate sign for 90 minutes after loss of power.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Install interior lighting fixtures at locations and heights as indicated, in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of the National Electric Code (NEC), NEMA standards, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that lighting fixtures fulfill requirements.
B. Coordinate with other electrical work as appropriate to properly interface installation of interior lighting fixtures with other work.
C. Coordinate fixture location with reflected ceiling plan.
D. Recessed fixtures in removable ceilings shall be connected to the branch circuit with flexible conduit and branch circuit wire from an accessible junction box. Where fixture housings are connected together, use 90 deg.C wire for branch circuit feed through fixture channels.
E. All fixtures shall be grounded. All lamp sockets shall be wired so that the outer shell is connected to the neutral grounded conductor.
F. Fixtures recessed in furred ceiling shall be installed so that they can be removed from below the ceiling.
G. Luminaires located in suspended ceilings shall be connected with a maximum 6 foot length of flexible metal conduit and building wire.
H. Housing, trim, and lens frame shall be true, straight and parallel to each adjacent fixtures and features.
I. Contractor shall include all materials and labor necessary for the final aiming and adjusting of adjustable light fixtures. Adjustment of light fixtures may be required to occur after sunset at a time designated by the Engineer.
J. Round fixtures or fixtures smaller than the ceiling grid shall have at least two (2) 3/4 inch (19 mm) metal channels spanning, and secured to, the ceiling tees for centering and aligning the fixture.
L. Troffer, recessed and semi-recessed fixtures shall be installed at a minimum per the manufacturer’s instructions and the requirements below. Fixtures shall not be supported directly on the ceiling material. Support fixtures with metal bar hangers or strut channels attached to the ceiling tees. Coordinate with Ceiling Contractor to ensure ceiling tees can support the weight of the light fixtures. Otherwise, support from building structure using four (4) wires, straps or rods located near each corner of each fixture.
M. Suspended Linear or Pendant mounted fixtures shall be independently supported from the building structure by wires, straps or rods.
N. Fixture whips shall be in accordance with section 26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems.
LIGHTING 26 50 00-3
SUN PRAIRIE PUBLIC LIBRARY OPN Architects Restroom Remodel OPN Project No. 19617000
3.02 INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Align pole foundations and poles for optimum directional alignment of luminaires and their mounting provisions on the pole. Install poles plumb and level.
B. Concrete Pole Foundations: Set anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt templates furnished by pole manufacturer.
C. Foundation-Mounted Poles: Mount pole with leveling nuts, and tighten top nuts to torque level recommended by pole manufacturer.
D. Embedded Poles with Tamped Earth Backfill: Set poles to depth below finished grade indicated on drawings, but not less than one-sixth of pole height. Dig holes large enough to permit use of tampers in the full depth of hole. Backfill in 6 inch layers and thoroughly tamp each layer so compaction of backfill is equal to or greater than that of undisturbed earth.
E. Coordinate locations and elevations of base mounted site fixtures with site plans, do not scale electrical drawings for placement of light poles.
END OF SECTION 26 50 00
LIGHTING 26 50 00-4